Download HCS-4100/50 Series Fully Digital Congress System

HCS-4100/50 Series Fully Digital Congress System
Fully Digital Congress System
Installation and Operating Manual
V 1.0
Remark:
„
All rights reserved for translation, reprint or reproduction
„
Contents may change without prior announcement
„
All technical specifications are guideline data and not guaranteed features
„
Taiden Co., Ltd. is not responsible for any damage caused by improper use of this manual
„
The equipment must be connected to earth!
„
This product conforms to the rules of the European directive 2004/108/EC.
„
To protect your hearing, avoid high pressure level on earphones. Adjust to a lower and convenient level.
„
If any detailed information is needed, please contact your local agent or TAIDEN service center in your
region. Any feedback, advice and suggestion about the products is appreciated
„
TAIDEN is the registered trademark of TAIDEN Co., Ltd.
I
Important Safety Instructions
1.
Read these instructions.
2.
Keep these instructions.
3.
Heed all warnings.
should not exceed prescribed quantity. For service,
4.
Follow all instructions.
please contact the nearest TAIDEN Service Center.
5.
Do not use this apparatus near water.
6.
Clean only with dry cloth.
7.
Do not block any ventilation openings. Install in
17. The quantity of connected transceivers in one system
18. All TAIDEN products are guaranteed for 3 years
excluding the following cases:
A.
negligence;
accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
8.
B.
Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators,
Damage or malfunction caused by improper
operating by operator;
hot air outlet conduits registers, stoves, or other
C. Parts damage or loss caused by disassembling
apparatus (including amplifiers) that produce heat.
9.
All damage or malfunction caused by human
the product by non-authorized personnel.
Do not bypass the safety purpose of the polarized or
19. Use ONLY specified connection cable to connect the
grounding-type plug. A polarized plug has two blades
system equipment.
with one wider than the other. A grounding type plug
has two blades and a third grounding prong. The wide
20. Upon receipt of the product, please fill out the
blade or the third prong are provided for your safety. If
Warranty Card enclosed and post it to TAIDEN
the provided plug does not fit into your outlet, consult
Service Center nearby in your region.
a qualified electrician for a technically correct
matching of socket and plug.
10. Protect the power cord from being walked on or
pinched,
particularly
at
plugs,
convenience
receptacles, and the point where they exit from the
apparatus.
11. Only use attachments/accessories specified by the
TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO
manufacturer.
NOT EXPOSE THIS EQUIPMENT TO RAIN OR MOISTURE.
12. Use only with the cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table
specified by the manufacturer, or sold with the
apparatus. When a cart is used, use caution when
CAUTION: To reduce the risk of electric shock,
moving the cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury
DO NOT open covers, no user serviceable parts
from tip-over.
inside. Refer servicing to qualified service
personnel only.
13. Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms or
when unused for long periods of time.
This label appears on the rear of the unit due to space limitations.
14. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.
Servicing is required when the apparatus has been
The lightning flash with an arrowhead symbol, with
damaged in any way, such as power-supply cord or
an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert the user
plug is damaged, liquid has been spilled or objects
to the presence of uninsulated ‘dangerous voltage’
have fallen into the apparatus, the apparatus has
within the products enclosure that may be of
sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric
been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate
shock to persons.
normally, or has been dropped.
The exclamation mark within an equilateral triangle
15. Do not place the equipment on any uneven or
unstable
stand;
original
product
package
is intended to alert the user to the presence of
or
important operating and maintenance (servicing)
appropriate package should be used to avoid damage
instructions in the literature accompanying the
caused by strong impacts during transportation.
appliance.
16. Power supply cords:
WARNING: To reduce the risk of fire or
America, Japan: AC 110V~120V 60Hz
electric shock, DO NOT expose units to rain
Asia, Europe: AC 220V~240V 50Hz
or moisture.
II
Important Safety Instructions
Attention: Installation should be performed by
qualified service personnel only in accordance
with the National Electrical or applicable local
codes.
Power Disconnect: Units with or without ON – OFF
switch have power supplied to the unit whenever
the power cord is inserted into the power source;
however, the unit is operational only when the ON
– OFF switch is in the ON position. The power cord
is the main power disconnect for all units
WARNING: The apparatus
should be
connected to a mains socket outlet with a
protective earthing connection.
III
Content
Installation & User Guide........................................................................................................ VIII
Chapter 1 Introduction................................................................................................................ 1
1.1 Summary...........................................................................................................................................................1
1.2 System technology............................................................................................................................................7
1.3 Functions ........................................................................................................................................................11
1.4 Features ..........................................................................................................................................................14
Chapter 2 Congress main unit (CMU) ...................................................................................... 16
2.1 Functions and indications ...............................................................................................................................17
2.1.1 Front panel ................................................................................................................................................................17
2.1.2 Backside....................................................................................................................................................................18
2.2 Installation .......................................................................................................................................................19
2.3 Connection......................................................................................................................................................20
2.3.1 To contribution units ..................................................................................................................................................20
2.3.2 To PA .........................................................................................................................................................................21
2.3.3 To fiber device ...........................................................................................................................................................21
2.4 Configuration and operation ...........................................................................................................................22
2.4.1 Network .....................................................................................................................................................................24
2.4.2 Simultaneous interpretation.......................................................................................................................................24
2.4.3 System status............................................................................................................................................................26
2.4.4 Test ..........................................................................................................................................................................26
2.4.5 System setting...........................................................................................................................................................28
2.4.6 Operation language setting .......................................................................................................................................35
2.4.7 System parameter backup/restore ............................................................................................................................35
2.4.8 About .........................................................................................................................................................................35
2.4.9 Volume control...........................................................................................................................................................35
2.4.10 Connecting to PC ....................................................................................................................................................35
Chapter 3 Congress units......................................................................................................... 36
3.1 Overview .........................................................................................................................................................36
3.1.1 Discussion unit ..........................................................................................................................................................36
3.1.2 Wired voting unit........................................................................................................................................................39
3.2 HCS-4886/87/88 (G-) series congress unit.....................................................................................................42
3.2.1 Functions and indications..........................................................................................................................................42
3.2.2 Installation .................................................................................................................................................................45
3.2.3 Connection ................................................................................................................................................................46
3.2.4 Operation ..................................................................................................................................................................48
3.3 HCS-4380/82/70/71 (E-) series congress unit................................................................................................55
3.3.1 Functions and indications..........................................................................................................................................55
3.3.2 Installation .................................................................................................................................................................59
3.3.3 Connection ................................................................................................................................................................60
IV
3.3.4 Operation ..................................................................................................................................................................62
3.4 HCS-4365/66 (Q-) series congress unit..........................................................................................................69
3.4.1 Functions and indications..........................................................................................................................................69
3.4.2 Installation .................................................................................................................................................................73
3.4.3 Connection ................................................................................................................................................................75
3.4.4 Operation ..................................................................................................................................................................77
3.5 HCS-4360/61/62/63 (M-) series congress unit ...............................................................................................83
3.5.1 Functions and indications..........................................................................................................................................83
3.5.2 Installation .................................................................................................................................................................86
3.5.3 Connection ................................................................................................................................................................87
3.5.4 Operation ..................................................................................................................................................................89
3.6 HCS-4330/31/32/33/35 (D-) series congress unit...........................................................................................93
3.6.1 Functions and indications..........................................................................................................................................93
3.6.2 Connection ................................................................................................................................................................97
3.6.3 Operation ..................................................................................................................................................................99
3.7 HCS-4320/21/22 (L-) series congress unit ...................................................................................................103
3.7.1 Functions and indications........................................................................................................................................103
3.7.2 Installation ...............................................................................................................................................................106
3.7.3 Connection .............................................................................................................................................................. 110
3.7.4 Operation ................................................................................................................................................................ 112
3.8 HCS-4341A/B/50 (C-) series congress unit ..................................................................................................116
3.8.1 Functions and indications........................................................................................................................................ 116
3.8.2 Installation ............................................................................................................................................................... 119
3.8.3 Connection ..............................................................................................................................................................121
3.8.4 Operation ................................................................................................................................................................123
3.9 HCS-4841/42/43 (N-) series congress unit...................................................................................................126
3.9.1 Functions and indications........................................................................................................................................126
3.9.2 Installation ...............................................................................................................................................................130
3.9.3 Connection ..............................................................................................................................................................133
3.9.4 Operation ................................................................................................................................................................136
3.10 HCS-4368/50 series wired voting unit ........................................................................................................140
3.10.1 Functions and indications......................................................................................................................................140
3.10.2 Installation .............................................................................................................................................................142
3.10.3 Connection ............................................................................................................................................................143
3.10.4 Operation ..............................................................................................................................................................144
Chapter 4 Interpretation unit................................................................................................... 147
4.1 Functions and indications .............................................................................................................................148
4.2 Installation .....................................................................................................................................................150
4.3 Connection....................................................................................................................................................151
4.3.1 Connecting to the CMU or the EMU ........................................................................................................................151
4.3.2 Connection between interpretation units .................................................................................................................151
4.3.3 External earphone ...................................................................................................................................................152
4.3.4 External microphone ...............................................................................................................................................152
V
4.4 Setup.............................................................................................................................................................153
4.4.1 Direct interpretation, relay interpretation and auto relay interpretation ....................................................................153
4.4.2 LCD configuration menu..........................................................................................................................................155
4.4.3 Other configuration..................................................................................................................................................157
4.5 Operation ......................................................................................................................................................158
4.5.1 Operation of listening area ......................................................................................................................................158
4.5.2 Operation of speaking area .....................................................................................................................................159
Chapter 5 System connection and basic setup procedure ..................................................... 160
5.1 System connection........................................................................................................................................160
5.1.1 Connection principles ..............................................................................................................................................160
5.1.2 Connection between the CMU/EMU and the contribution units...............................................................................164
5.1.3 Connection between the CMU/EMU and component contribution unit....................................................................166
5.1.4 Connection between HCS-4100/50 FDCS and automatic video tracking system ...................................................167
5.1.5 Connection between HCS-4100/50 FDCS and digital infrared language distribution system..................................168
5.1.6 Connection between HCS-4100/50 FDCS and intelligent central control system ...................................................170
5.1.7 Connection between HCS-4100/50 FDCS and congress sign-in system ................................................................171
5.1.8 Combine/split congress rooms easily ......................................................................................................................172
5.1.9 Total system hot spare.............................................................................................................................................173
5.2 Basic configuration of congress system .......................................................................................................174
Chapter 6 Peripheral equipment and accessories.................................................................. 176
6.1 Microphone ...................................................................................................................................................176
6.2 Earphone ......................................................................................................................................................177
6.3 Accessories...................................................................................................................................................178
Chapter 7 Working environment and maintenance ................................................................ 180
7.1 Public areas ..................................................................................................................................................180
7.2 Technical rooms............................................................................................................................................180
7.3 Interpreter booths..........................................................................................................................................180
7.4 System operator room ..................................................................................................................................181
7.5 Ventilation .....................................................................................................................................................181
7.6 Cleaning ........................................................................................................................................................181
7.7 Storage..........................................................................................................................................................181
Chapter 8 Technical specifications ......................................................................................... 182
8.1 System specifications ...................................................................................................................................182
8.2 Congress system main unit...........................................................................................................................183
8.2.1. Physical characteristics ..........................................................................................................................................183
8.2.2. Electrical characteristics.........................................................................................................................................183
8.3 Congress unit................................................................................................................................................184
8.3.1 G-series congress unit ............................................................................................................................................184
8.3.2 E-series congress unit.............................................................................................................................................185
8.3.3 Q-series congress unit ............................................................................................................................................186
8.3.4 M-series congress unit ............................................................................................................................................187
VI
8.3.5 D-series congress unit.............................................................................................................................................188
8.3.6 L-series congress unit .............................................................................................................................................190
8.3.7 C-series congress unit.............................................................................................................................................191
8.3.8 N-series congress unit.............................................................................................................................................194
8.3.9 HCS-4368/50 series wired voting unit .....................................................................................................................195
8.4 Interpretation unit ..........................................................................................................................................196
8.4.1 Physical characteristics ...........................................................................................................................................196
8.4.2 Electrical characteristics..........................................................................................................................................196
8.5 Peripheral equipment and accessories.........................................................................................................197
8.5.1 Microphone (for the congress unit)..........................................................................................................................197
8.5.2 Pluggable stem microphone ( for the interpretation unit).........................................................................................198
8.5.3 Earphone.................................................................................................................................................................199
8.5.4 Accessories .............................................................................................................................................................199
8.6 System connection........................................................................................................................................200
8.6.1 Mains cables ...........................................................................................................................................................200
8.6.2 Audio cables ............................................................................................................................................................200
8.6.3 Earphone.................................................................................................................................................................200
8.7 Display language list .....................................................................................................................................201
Product index ......................................................................................................................... 202
VII
Installation & User Guide
About this manual
This manual is a comprehensive guide to the
installation
and
operation
of
Chapter 6：Peripheral equipment and accessories
TAIDEN
the
HCS-4100/50 Fully Digital Congress System (FDCS). It
An
includes the detailed description of the functions and
equipment and the accessories, e.g. stem microphone
interfaces of the HCS-4100/50 system components,
and earphones.
introduction
to
the
HCS-4100/50
peripheral
system connection and installation, system set-up and
operation.
Chapter 7：Environment and maintenance
An introduction to the work environment and the
The manual is divided into the following chapters:
maintenance of HCS-4100/50 FDCS.
Chapter 1：Introduction
Chapter 8：Specifications
An introduction to the HCS-4100/50 FDCS system
Main technical parameters of HCS-4100/50 FDCS.
composition, technology, functions and features.
Chapter 2：Congress main unit
Detailed descriptions of the functions and indications,
installation and connection, configuration and operation
of the HCS-4100/50 FDCS control main unit (CMU)
and the extension main unit (EMU).
Chapter 3：Congress unit
Detailed descriptions of the functions and indications,
installation and connection, configuration and operation
of the HCS-4100/50 FDCS discussion units and the
voting units.
Chapter 4：Interpretation unit
Detailed descriptions of the functions and indications,
installation and connection, configuration and operation
of the HCS-4100/50 FDCS interpretation unit.
Chapter
5 ： System
connection
and
basic
configuration
Detailed descriptions of the connection between
system devices. An example is taken to introduce the
basic configuration of the congress system.
VIII
Installation & User Guide
This manual is applicable to:
„
HCS-4370SD/50 delegate unit
Congress control main units
HCS-4100MA/50
fully
digital
standard
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
congress
interpretation - Chinese panel
system main unit
HCS-4370SDE/50 delegate unit
discussion - voting - 64CHs - 256x32 LCD - optical fiber interface
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4100MB/50
interpretation - English panel
fully
digital
standard
congress
system main unit
HCS-4371SD/50 delegate unit
discussion - voting - 64CHs - 256x32 LCD
discussion only
HCS-4100MC/50
fully
digital
standard
congress
Note: HCS-4380SC/50 is the chairman unit for all discussion
system main unit
units of this series.
discussion - voting - 256x32 LCD
Q-series:
„
Discussion units
flush-mounted
discussion
units
with
protective cover
G-series: tabletop/ flush-mounted discussion units
HCS-4365C/50 chairman unit
HCS-4886C/50 chairman unit
Discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation - 256x32 LCD
interpretation - 256x32 LCD
HCS-4365D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4886D/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation - 256x32 LCD
interpretation - 256x32 LCD
HCS-4366D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4887D/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 256 x 32 LCD
interpretation - Chinese panel
HCS-4888D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4366DE/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - Chinese panel
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4888DE/50 delegate unit
interpretation - English panel
discussion - 5 voting keys - English panel
HCS-4886X_S/50 operator unit
M-series:
for intercom function - tulip gold panel + grey base
flush-mounted
discussion
units
with
protective cover
Note: At choice for all discussion units of this series (except
HCS-4360C/50 chairman unit
operation unit): tulip gold panel + grey base or tulip gold
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
panel + black base.
interpretation - Chinese panel
HCS-4360CE/50 chairman unit
E-series: tabletop/ flush-mounted foldaway discussion
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
units
interpretation - English panel
HCS-4380SC/50 chairman unit
HCS-4360D/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation - 256x32 LCD
interpretation - Chinese panel
HCS-4380SD/50 delegate unit
HCS-4360DE/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation - 256x32 LCD
interpretation - English panel
HCS-4380SX/50 operator unit
HCS-4361D/50 delegate unit
for intercom function
discussion - 5 voting keys - Chinese panel
HCS-4382SD/50 delegate unit
HCS-4361DE/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - 256x32 LCD
discussion - 5 voting keys - English panel
IX
Installation & User Guide
HCS-4362D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4320HC/50 chairman unit
discussion - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4363D/50 delegate unit
interpretation - handheld microphone - Chinese panel
discussion only
HCS-4320HCE/50 chairman unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation - handheld microphone - English panel
D-series: tabletop discussion units
HCS-4320D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4330C/50 chairman unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation – stem microphone - Chinese panel
interpretation - Chinese panel
HCS-4320DE/50 delegate unit
HCS-4330CE/50 chairman unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation – stem microphone - English panel
interpretation - English panel
HCS-4320HD/50 delegate unit
HCS-4330D/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation - handheld microphone - Chinese panel
interpretation - Chinese panel
HCS-4320HDE/50 delegate unit
HCS-4330DE/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation - handheld microphone - English panel
interpretation - English panel
HCS-4321D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4331CB/50 chairman unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation –
discussion - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation - speaking timer
stem microphone - Chinese panel
display
HCS-4321DE/50 delegate unit
HCS-4331DB/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation –
discussion - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation - speaking timer
stem microphone - English panel
display
HCS-4321HD/50 delegate unit
HCS-4332D/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation -
discussion - 5 voting keys - Chinese panel
handheld microphone - Chinese panel
HCS-4332DE/50 delegate unit
HCS-4321HDE/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - English panel
discussion - 5 voting keys - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation -
HCS-4333CB/50 chairman unit
handheld microphone - English panel
discussion - speaking timer display - request to speak display
HCS-4322D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4333DB/50 delegate unit
discussion
discussion - speaking timer display - request to speak display
microphone
HCS-4335D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4322HD/50 delegate unit
discussion - 64CHs simultaneous interpretationx2 - 2 ID
discussion - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation - handheld
Note: this series discussion unit has 2 colors available: gray and
microphone
-
64CHs
simultaneous
interpretation
–
stem
silver.
C-series:
L-series:
flush-mounted
discussion
units
with
only
operative
with
HCS-4340/50
multi-function connector
protective cover
HCS-4341CA/50 flush-mounted chairman unit
HCS-4320C/50 chairman unit
discussion only - with stem microphone - gray
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4341CA_S/50 flush-mounted chairman unit
interpretation – stem microphone - Chinese panel
discussion only - with stem microphone - silver
HCS-4320CE/50 chairman unit
HCS-4341DA/50 flush-mounted delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion only - with stem microphone - gray
interpretation -
stem microphone - English panel
X
Installation & User Guide
HCS-4341DA_S/50 flush-mounted delegate unit
HCS-4843NDTKE/50 voting unit for delegate
discussion only - with stem microphone - silver
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - IC card sign-in - English panel
HCS-4341CB/50 boundary chairman unit
HCS-4843NCF/50 voting unit for chairman
discussion only - black
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - Chinese panel
HCS-4341DB/50 boundary delegate unit
HCS-4843NCFE/50 voting unit for chairman
discussion only - black
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - English panel
HCS-4341HD/50 flush-mounted delegate unit
HCS-4843NDF/50 voting unit for delegate
discussion only - with handheld microphone - black
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - Chinese panel
Note: this series chairman unit is only operative with the
HCS-4843NDFE/50 voting unit for delegate
HCS-4340CA/50 multi-function connector, the delegate
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - English panel
unit is only operative with the HCS-4340DA/DT/50
HCS-4843NCFK/50 voting unit for chairman
multi-function connector, and the handheld delegate unit
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - Chinese panel
is only operative with the HCS-4340HDA/50 multi-function
HCS-4843NCFKE/50 voting unit for chairman
connector.
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - English panel
N-series:
only
operative
with
HCS-4843NDFK/50 voting unit for delegate
HCS-4340/50
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - Chinese panel
multi-function connector
HCS-4843NDFKE/50 voting unit for delegate
HCS-4841NC/50 flush-mounted chairman unit
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - English panel
discussion only
Note: the abovementioned voting units of this series are only
HCS-4841ND/50 flush-mounted delegate unit
operative with the HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector,
discussion only
2 colors are available: gray and silver.
HCS-4842N/50 flush-mounted channel selector
HCS-4843DF_S/50 voting unit for delegate
64CHs simultaneous interpretation - channel number display LCD
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys – silver- Chinese panel –
Note: this series discussion unit has 2 colors available: gray and
HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector not required
silver; this series chairman unit is only operative with the
HCS-4843DFK_S/50 voting unit for delegate
HCS-4340CA/50 multi-function connector, the delegate
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in – silver - Chinese
unit is only operative with the HCS-4340DA/DT/50
panel – HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector not required
multi-function connector, and the channel selector is only
HCS-4843DFE_S/50 voting unit for delegate
operative with the HCS-4340/50 multi-function connector.
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys – silver- English panel –
HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector not required
„
HCS-4843DFKE_S/50 voting unit for delegate
Wired voting units
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in – silver - English
N series:
panel - HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector not required
HCS-4843NCT/50 voting unit for chairman
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - Chinese panel
HCS-4843NCTE/50 voting unit for chairman
HCS-4368/50 series:
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - English panel
HCS-4368CT/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
HCS-4843NDT/50 voting unit for delegate
3 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof - 12000V
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - Chinese panel
antistatic
HCS-4843NDTE/50 voting unit for delegate
HCS-4368DT/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - English panel
3 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof - 12000V
HCS-4843NCTK/50 voting unit for chairman
antistatic
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - IC card sign-in - Chinese panel
HCS-4368CT/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
HCS-4843NCTKE/50 voting unit for chairman
chairman
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - IC card sign-in - English panel
3 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof - 12000V
HCS-4843NDTK/50 voting unit for delegate
antistatic - protective cover
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - IC card sign-in - Chinese panel
XI
Installation & User Guide
HCS-4368DT/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
HCS-4368CFK/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
delegate
chairman
3 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof - 12000V
5 voting keys - 256x32 LCD - IC card sign-in - protective cover
antistatic - protective cover
HCS-4368DFK/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
HCS-4368NCT/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
delegate
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - Chinese panel
5 voting keys - 256x32 LCD - IC card sign-in - protective cover
HCS-4368NCTE/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
HCS-4368NCF/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - English panel
5 voting keys - waterproof - Chinese panel
HCS-4368NDT/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
HCS-4368NCFE/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - Chinese panel
5 voting keys - waterproof - English panel
HCS-4368NDTE/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
HCS-4368NDF/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - English panel
5 voting keys – waterproof - Chinese panel
HCS-4368NCT/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
HCS-4368NDFE/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
chairman
5 voting keys – waterproof - English panel
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - protective cover -
HCS-4368NCF/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
Chinese panel
chairman
HCS-4368NCTE/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
5 voting keys - waterproof - protective cover - Chinese panel
chairman
HCS-4368NCFE/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - protective cover -
chairman
English panel
5 voting keys - waterproof - protective cover - English panel
HCS-4368NDT/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
HCS-4368NDF/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
delegate
delegate
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - protective cover -
5 voting keys - waterproof - protective cover - Chinese panel
Chinese panel
HCS-4368NDFE/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
HCS-4368NDTE/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
delegate
delegate
5 voting keys - waterproof - protective cover - English panel
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - protective cover -
Note: this series tabletop voting unit has only one color: red;
English panel
this series flush-mounted voting unit has 2 colors available:
HCS-4368CF/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
gray and silver.
5 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof
HCS-4368DF/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
„
5 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD – waterproof
HCS-4340/50 multi-function connector
HCS-4368CFK/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
HCS-4340CA/50 multi-function connector
5 voting keys - 256x32 LCD - IC card sign-in
can be connected to 1 chairman discussion unit, 1 voting unit and
HCS-4368DFK/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
1 channel selector
5 voting keys - 256x32 LCD - IC card sign-in
HCS-4340DA/50 multi-function connector
HCS-4368CF/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
can be connected to 1 delegate discussion unit, 1 voting unit and
chairman
1 channel selector
5 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof - protective
HCS-4340HDA/50 multi-function connector
cover
can be connected to 1 handheld delegate discussion unit, 1
HCS-4368DF/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
voting unit and 1 channel selector
delegate
HCS-4340B/50 multi-function connector
5 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof - protective
can be connected to 4 channel selectors
cover
HCS-4340DT/50 multi-function connector
can be connected to 2 delegate discussion units and 2 channel
selectors
XII
Installation & User Guide
„
Interpretation unit
HCS-4385K2/50 interpretation unit
IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation - 256x64 LCD
„
Pluggable microphone (for congress unit)
MS24EMB1G/S
240 mm pluggable (grey/silver)
MS33EMB1G/S
330 mm pluggable (grey/silver)
MS41EMB1G/S
410 mm pluggable (grey/silver)
MS47EMB1G/S
470 mm pluggable (grey/silver)
„
Pluggable microphone (for interpretation unit)
MS33DPB1S
330 mm pluggable (silver)
MS41DPB1S
410 mm pluggable (silver)
MS47DPB1S
470 mm pluggable (silver)
„
Clip-on Lavalier Microphone
HCS-1020
„
Clip-on Lavalier Microphone
Earphone
EP-820AS/BS
EP-920BS
HCS-5100PA
single earphone
earbuds
headphone
XIII
Chapter 1 Introduction
1.1 Summary
TAIDEN
systems,
Supporting 48 kHz audio sampling rate, all 64 channels
introducing both the latest fully digital technologies and
feature perfect sound quality with a frequency
network techniques into congress systems by applying
response of 30 Hz~20 kHz.
its multi-channel audio digital transmitting technology
HCS-4100/50 FDCS consists of congress main unit
MCA-STREAM to its HCS-4100/50 Fully Digital
(CMU), contribution units and application software.
Congress
also
CMU includes the congress control main unit and the
integrates perfectly the TAIDEN Congress Sign-in
extension main unit(s) (EMU). Contribution units
System and the Intelligent Central Control System and
include discussion units, voting units, simultaneous
takes
interpretation
revolutionizes
System
undeniably
comprehensive
the
(FDCS).
the
and
congress
HCS-4100/50
leadership
efficient
in
congress
providing
system
units,
channel
selectors,
etc.
The
application software contains a number of software
solutions.
modules, performing different tasks.
To simplify installation and upgrade system reliability
both "Closed Loop - Daisy Chain" connection topology
and dual connection backup have been opted for.
Figure 1.1 System overview
1
This system consists of one or more of the following
items:
HCS-4370SD/50 delegate unit
„
Congress control main units
HCS-4100MA/50
fully
digital
standard
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation - Chinese panel
congress
system main unit
HCS-4370SDE/50 delegate unit
discussion - voting - 64CHs - 256x32 LCD - optical fiber interface
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4100MB/50
interpretation - English panel
fully
digital
standard
congress
system main unit
HCS-4371SD/50 delegate unit
discussion - voting - 64CHs - 256x32 LCD
discussion only
HCS-4100MC/50
fully
digital
standard
Note: HCS-4380SC/50 is the chairman unit for all discussion
congress
units of this series.
system main unit
discussion - voting - 256x32 LCD
Q-series:
„
Discussion units
flush-mounted
discussion
units
with
protective cover
G-series: tabletop/ flush-mounted discussion units
HCS-4365C/50 chairman unit
Discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4886C/50 chairman unit
interpretation - 256x32 LCD
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4365D/50 delegate unit
interpretation - 256x32 LCD
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4886D/50 delegate unit
interpretation - 256x32 LCD
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4366D/50 delegate unit
interpretation - 256x32 LCD
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4887D/50 delegate unit
interpretation - Chinese panel
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 256 x 32 LCD
HCS-4366DE/50 delegate unit
HCS-4888D/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 5 voting keys - Chinese panel
interpretation - English panel
HCS-4888DE/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - English panel
HCS-4886X_S/50 operator unit
M-series:
flush-mounted
discussion
units
with
protective cover
for intercom function - tulip gold panel + grey base
Note: At choice for all discussion units of this series (except
HCS-4360C/50 chairman unit
operation unit): gold panel + grey base or tulip gold panel +
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
black base.
interpretation - Chinese panel
HCS-4360CE/50 chairman unit
E-series: tabletop/ flush-mounted foldaway discussion
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
units
interpretation - English panel
HCS-4360D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4380SC/50 chairman unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation - Chinese panel
interpretation - 256x32 LCD
HCS-4360DE/50 delegate unit
HCS-4380SD/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation - English panel
interpretation - 256x32 LCD
HCS-4361D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4380SX/50 operator unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - Chinese panel
for intercom function
HCS-4361DE/50 delegate unit
HCS-4382SD/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - English panel
discussion - 5 voting keys - 256x32 LCD
2
HCS-4362D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4320HC/50 chairman unit
discussion - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4363D/50 delegate unit
interpretation - handheld microphone - Chinese panel
discussion only
HCS-4320HCE/50 chairman unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation - handheld microphone - English panel
D-series: tabletop discussion units
HCS-4320D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4330C/50 chairman unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation – stem microphone - Chinese panel
interpretation - Chinese panel
HCS-4320DE/50 delegate unit
HCS-4330CE/50 chairman unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation – stem microphone - English panel
interpretation - English panel
HCS-4320HD/50 delegate unit
HCS-4330D/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation - handheld microphone - Chinese panel
interpretation - Chinese panel
HCS-4320HDE/50 delegate unit
HCS-4330DE/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation - handheld microphone - English panel
interpretation - English panel
HCS-4321D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4331CB/50 chairman unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation –
discussion - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation - speaking timer
stem microphone - Chinese panel
display
HCS-4321DE/50 delegate unit
HCS-4331DB/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation –
discussion - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation - speaking timer
stem microphone - English panel
display
HCS-4321HD/50 delegate unit
HCS-4332D/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation -
discussion - 5 voting keys - Chinese panel
handheld microphone - Chinese panel
HCS-4332DE/50 delegate unit
HCS-4321HDE/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - English panel
discussion - 5 voting keys - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation -
HCS-4333CB/50 chairman unit
handheld microphone - English panel
discussion - speaking timer display - request to speak display
HCS-4322D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4333DB/50 delegate unit
discussion
discussion - speaking timer display - request to speak display
microphone
HCS-4335D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4322HD/50 delegate unit
discussion - 64CHs simultaneous interpretationx2 - 2 ID
discussion - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation - handheld
Note: this series discussion unit has 2 colors available: gray and
microphone
-
64CHs
simultaneous
interpretation
–
stem
silver.
C-series:
L-series:
flush-mounted
discussion
units
with
only
operative
with
HCS-4340/50
multi-function connector
protective cover
HCS-4341CA/50 flush-mounted chairman unit
HCS-4320C/50 chairman unit
discussion only - with stem microphone - gray
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4341CA_S/50 flush-mounted chairman unit
interpretation – stem microphone - Chinese panel
discussion only - with stem microphone - silver
HCS-4320CE/50 chairman unit
HCS-4341DA/50 flush-mounted delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion only - with stem microphone - gray
interpretation – stem microphone - English panel
HCS-4341DA_S/50 flush-mounted delegate unit
discussion only - with stem microphone - silver
3
HCS-4341CB/50 boundary chairman unit
HCS-4843NCF/50 voting unit for chairman
discussion only - black
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - Chinese panel
HCS-4341DB/50 boundary delegate unit
HCS-4843NCFE/50 voting unit for chairman
discussion only - black
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - English panel
HCS-4341HD/50 flush-mounted delegate unit
HCS-4843NDF/50 voting unit for delegate
discussion only - with handheld microphone - black
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - Chinese panel
Note: this series chairman unit is only operative with the
HCS-4843NDFE/50 voting unit for delegate
HCS-4340CA/50 multi-function connector, the delegate
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - English panel
unit is only operative with the HCS-4340DA/DT/50
HCS-4843NCFK/50 voting unit for chairman
multi-function connector, and the handheld delegate unit
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - Chinese panel
is
HCS-4843NCFKE/50 voting unit for chairman
only
operative
with
the
HCS-4340HDA/50
multi-function connector.
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - English panel
HCS-4843NDFK/50 voting unit for delegate
N-series:
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - Chinese panel
HCS-4841NC/50 flush-mounted chairman unit
HCS-4843NDFKE/50 voting unit for delegate
discussion only
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - English panel
HCS-4841ND/50 flush-mounted delegate unit
Note: the above of this series voting units are only operative with
discussion only
the HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector, 2 colors
HCS-4842N/50 flush-mounted channel selector
available: gray and silver.
64CHs simultaneous interpretation - channel number display LCD
HCS-4843DF_S/50 voting unit for delegate
Note: this series discussion unit has 2 colors available: gray and
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys – silver- Chinese panel –
silver; this series chairman unit is only operative with the
HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector not required
HCS-4340CA/50 multi-function connector, the delegate
HCS-4843DFK_S/50 voting unit for delegate
unit is only operative with the HCS-4340DA/DT/50
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in – silver - Chinese
multi-function connector, and the channel selector is only
panel - HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector not required
operative with the HCS-4340/50 multi-function connector.
HCS-4843DFE_S/50 voting unit for delegate
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys – silver- English panel –
„
Wired voting units
N
series:
must
cooperate
HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector not required
with
HCS-4843DFKE_S/50 voting unit for delegate
HCS-4340A/50
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in – silver - English
multi-function connector
panel - HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector not required
HCS-4843NCT/50 voting unit for chairman
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - Chinese panel
HCS-4843NCTE/50 voting unit for chairman
HCS-4368/50 series:
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - English panel
HCS-4368CT/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
HCS-4843NDT/50 voting unit for delegate
3 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof - 12000V
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - Chinese panel
antistatic
HCS-4843NDTE/50 voting unit for delegate
HCS-4368DT/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - English panel
3 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof - 12000V
HCS-4843NCTK/50 voting unit for chairman
antistatic
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - IC card sign-in - Chinese panel
HCS-4368CT/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
HCS-4843NCTKE/50 voting unit for chairman
chairman
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - IC card sign-in - English panel
3 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof - 12000V
HCS-4843NDTK/50 voting unit for delegate
antistatic - protective cover
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - IC card sign-in - Chinese panel
HCS-4368DT/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
HCS-4843NDTKE/50 voting unit for delegate
delegate
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - IC card sign-in - English panel
3 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof - 12000V
antistatic - protective cover
4
HCS-4368NCT/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
HCS-4368NCFE/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - Chinese panel
5 voting keys - waterproof - English panel
HCS-4368NCTE/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
HCS-4368NDF/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - English panel
5 voting keys – waterproof - Chinese panel
HCS-4368NDT/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
HCS-4368NDFE/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - Chinese panel
5 voting keys – waterproof - English panel
HCS-4368NDTE/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
HCS-4368NCF/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - English panel
chairman
HCS-4368NCT/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
5 voting keys - waterproof - protective cover - Chinese panel
chairman
HCS-4368NCFE/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - protective cover -
chairman
Chinese panel
5 voting keys - waterproof - protective cover - English panel
HCS-4368NCTE/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
HCS-4368NDF/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
chairman
delegate
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - protective cover -
5 voting keys - waterproof - protective cover - Chinese panel
English panel
HCS-4368NDFE/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
HCS-4368NDT/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
delegate
delegate
5 voting keys - waterproof - protective cover - English panel
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - protective cover -
Note: this series tabletop voting unit has only one color: red;
Chinese panel
this series flush-mounted voting unit has 2 colors available:
HCS-4368NDTE/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
gray and silver.
delegate
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - protective cover -
„
English panel
HCS-4340/50 multi-function connector
HCS-4368CF/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
HCS-4340CA/50 multi-function connector
5 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof
can be connected to 1 chairman discussion unit, 1 voting unit and
HCS-4368DF/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
1 channel selector
5 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD – waterproof
HCS-4340DA/50 multi-function connector
HCS-4368CFK/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
can be connected to 1 delegate discussion unit, 1 voting unit and
5 voting keys - 256x32 LCD - IC card sign-in
1 channel selector
HCS-4368DFK/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
HCS-4340HDA/50 multi-function connector
5 voting keys - 256x32 LCD - IC card sign-in
can be connected to 1 handheld delegate discussion unit, 1
HCS-4368CF/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
voting unit and 1 channel selector
chairman
HCS-4340B/50 multi-function connector
5 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof - protective
can be connected to 4 channel selectors
cover
HCS-4340DT/50 multi-function connector
HCS-4368DF/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
can be connected to 2 delegate discussion units and 2 channel
delegate
selectors
5 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof - protective
cover
„
HCS-4368CFK/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
Interpretation unit
HCS-4385K2/50 interpretation unit
chairman
IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation - 256x64 LCD
5 voting keys - 256x32 LCD - IC card sign-in - protective cover
HCS-4368DFK/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
delegate
5 voting keys - 256x32 LCD - IC card sign-in - protective cover
HCS-4368NCF/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
5 voting keys - waterproof - Chinese panel
5
„
Pluggable microphone (for congress unit)
MS24EMB1G/S
240 mm pluggable (grey/silver)
MS33EMB1G/S
330 mm pluggable (grey/silver)
MS41EMB1G/S
410 mm pluggable (grey/silver)
MS47EMB1G/S
470 mm pluggable (grey/silver)
„
Pluggable microphone (for interpretation unit)
MS33DPB1S
330 mm pluggable (silver)
MS41DPB1S
410 mm pluggable (silver)
MS47DPB1S
470 mm pluggable (silver)
„
Clip-on Lavalier Microphone
HCS-1020
„
Clip-on Lavalier Microphone
Earphone
EP-820AS/BS
EP-920BS
HCS-5100PA
single earphone
earbuds
headphone
6
1.2 System technology
z HCS-4100/50 system hardware structure
z MCA-STREAM digital audio processing and
transmission technology
HCS-4100/50 system hardware is an embedded
structure based on dual high performance CPUs. Even
TAIDEN proprietary MCA-STREAM technology is the
essential
data
transmission
technology
in
in stand-alone mode, HCS-4100/50 is competent for
the
the management of various meetings via several basic
HCS-4100/50 system, e.g. transmitting up to 64 CHs
congress
high quality digital, control and other information data
Every
unit
-
congress
main
electronic
unit,
unit
-
is
equipped
with
a
such
as
basic
voting,
multilingual
simultaneous
interpretation, and automatic video tracking, etc.
congress/discussion unit, language distribution unit,
interpretation
facilities,
microphone management, electronic management,
over a single dedicated 100 Mbps high speed 6-pin
cable.
management
In the figure below:
high
Audio CODEC: Dedicated audio coding and decoding
performance CPU as the kernel of the advanced
chip of discussion unit and interpretation unit
technology infrastructure.
TDN:
Dedicated
digital
communication
chip
for
TAIDEN digital congress system networking
DAC: Digital-to-analog conversion chip
RISC: Central processing chipset of congress main
unit, controlling the DSP and AD/DA conversion IC to
provide 2-channel audio line in/out and record in/out
facilities
Based on advanced hardware, HCS-4100/50 system
features high security software, easy to operate,
convenient to maintain and to upgrade. The meeting is
fully controlled and monitored by the operator.
Figure 1.2
Simple and reliable system connection
By virtue of using the MCA-STREAM technology,
HCS-4100/50 FDCS carries out the following features:
Ease of system cabling and enhancement of
system reliability by utilizing a single dedicated
6-pin cable to transmit up to 64 CHs floor and
interpretation language signals, avoiding the
necessity to use complicated multi-core cables;
Prevention of noise - caused by the ground wire
in stereo projects - as well of interference
brought by other equipment (such as stage lights,
recording apparatus, etc.). SNR reaches 96 dB
and isolation is better than 85 dB. The frequency
response verges on 30 Hz-20 kHz; making the
system sound approaching CD quality;
Provision of Hi-Fi sound quality, even in long
Figure 1.3
range transmission, which makes the system
widely suitable for various applications such as
mini/medium type meeting rooms, large venues,
stadiums, etc.
7
HCS-4100/50 system hardware structure
Figure 1.4
MCA-STREAM data stream format
z Modular system structure
z Duplicate and backup connection via
"Closed Loop - Daisy Chain" connection
Any kind of configuration can be set up just by
daisy-chaining HCS-4100/50 fully digital congress units.
For important meetings, especially those which
The modular system structure of HCS-4100/50 is
consider connection reliability as their leading point,
applicable to any kind of congress and provides an
HCS-4100/50 Series Digital Congress System adopts
accurate and efficient solution. Additional congress
advanced "Closed Loop - Daisy Chain" connection
units can be added when needed. More system
topology, connecting the last unit in the loop back to the
functions are available in connection with a PC and
congress main unit. Therefore, any congress unit in the
control software.
loop has two connection paths to the congress main
unit. As a result, breakdown or replacement of a
z Dual main unit hot spare
congress unit and connection failure of a cable will not
HCS-4100/50 hardware systems can be operated on
influence other congress units.
hot standby with a master and a backup main unit. A
features the advantages of a daisy chain connection
typical application is shown in Fig. 5.11 featuring an
system with its simpleness of cabling as well as the
EMU to power the contribution units. If the master main
improvement of the system reliability through duplicate
unit
operate
and backup connection functions. In HCS-4100/50
automatically as master and takes over the meeting.
Series Digital Congress System, only the congress
Thus continuation of the conference is guaranteed.
main unit supports "Closed Loop - Daisy Chain"
fails,
the
backup
unit
starts
to
As such the system
connection topology, and only one ring connection
z HCS-4100/50 system software infrastructure
allows.
HCS-4100/50 system software is designed for the
z Advanced TCP/IP communication protocol in
PC control
prevalent Client/Server structure. Client and server
communicate with each other by using TCP/IP network
protocol, ensuring both data security and transmission
In a PC controlled system, the congress main unit and
efficiency. Client and server software can run on the
the
same computer as well as on different computers in the
Theoretically, the communication distance between the
same LAN, enabling the operator to manage the
PC and the CMU can be infinite. This is decisively
congress more flexibly.
different to traditional RS-232 connection modes where
HCS-4100/50 system software imports the hot-spare
the distance between the PC and the CMU cannot
dual server structure by using a main server and a
exceed 15 meters. TCP/IP enables remote control,
back-up server. While the main server is processing,
remote diagnosis and remote update.
data are stored real time on the back-up server to
By using network techniques, congress systems are
prevent congress related information from loss in case
linked tightly to the rapidly developing internet
of a crash of the main server. As a result, security and
technology, computer science and communication
reliability of the congress system are improved vitally.
technology. Users enjoy the convenience of the
PC
use
the
advanced
TCP/IP
protocol.
contemporary leading techniques, e.g. by using the
compatible wireless LAN techniques (802.11) - such as
8
PDAs - which can be used to control a congress
message, information display, etc.
system wirelessly. The import of network topology also
The interpretation unit consists of a graphic 256x64
makes the congress system merge with intelligent
LCD
building networks.
63-channel selector, a built-in loudspeaker, a pluggable
with
back-lighting,
an
IC-card
reader,
a
microphone, headphone sockets, etc. It supports direct
z CMU and EMU
and
relay
interpretation
(with
auto-relay
facility)
The congress main unit forms the core of the entire
operation mode and optional voice input/output modes,
congress system. It provides power supply to all
simplifying interpreter’s work remarkably.
contribution units and serves as key component to link
A discussion unit - chairman or delegate unit with
system hardware to application software. One CMU
discussion facility - is the important component of the
has two (6P-DIN) trunk-line cable outlets, each outlet
HCS-4100/50 system. Depending on the option,
accommodates up to 30 congress units (Congress
discussion units can be divided into foldaway, tabletop,
units with graphic LCD, such as HCS-4886D/50, have
flush-mounted and component. Each style consists of
relatively larger power consumption; at most 20 of such
various products, which enriches significantly users’
congress units can be connected). If more congress
choices.
units are needed, additional extension main units (EMU)
Low power consumption design is adopted for
HCS-8300ME or HCS-8300ME/F are required. Each
HCS-4100/50 and HCS-8300 series congress units,
EMU has four (6P-DIN) trunk-line cable outlets, each
convenient for wiring and installation. All congress units
outlet accommodates up to 30 congress units.
of
HCS-4100/50
378
HCS-8318 series) are supplied by the main unit’s
simultaneous interpretation units (63 interpretation
6P-DIN interface. Since the power capacity of the
booths,
4096
6P-DIN interface is limited, it must be ensured during
discussion/voting units and any number of channel
installation that the added up values of a) the total
selectors.
power consumption of all congress units connected in
In stand-alone mode without a PC, the CMU carries out
each path and b) the power loss in extension cables do
basic
simultaneous
in no case exceed the maximum possible value
interpretation, electronic voting and 64 CHs digital
delivered by each 6P-DIN interface. Otherwise the
audio
system will not work properly or automatic protection
6
system
maximum
interpretation
management
transmission.
units
capacity:
in
facilities,
By
operating
each),
HCS-4100/50
management
facilities
can
and
HCS-8300
series
(except
will be triggered (see 5.1.1 connection principles).
application software in PC-controlled mode, more
comprehensive
HCS-4100/50
be
z Application software
implemented.
HCS-4100/50 application software is comprehensive,
z Contribution units
reliable and user-friendly. It is also an easy-care
Contribution units are units used by participants to
software system which helps the operator to manage
contribute to a congress and include: discussion units
the congress efficiently from the very beginning of a
(chairman/delegate), voting units, interpretation units,
meeting until the post-meeting work. Once the PC
channel selectors, etc. The basic contribution unit has
installed and the HCS-4100/50 application software
discussion, voting and channel select facility. The
integrated into the FDCS, the operator manages
upgraded units combine discussion, voting and
centrally all aspects of the congress. The operation
channel
turns out to be easy and efficient.
select,
furthermore
built-in
loudspeaker,
IC-card reader and graphic 256x32/256x64 LCD with
HCS-4100/50 application software is modular software
back-lighting, forming a wide variety of product series.
with
The chairman unit has a microphone priority facility
Management
with a priority key to switch off or to mute active units. If
Module, Voting Management Module, Simultaneous
required, different functions can be allocated to
Interpretation Module, Intercom Software Module,
delegate stations, including listening, discussion,
Synchronous Audio Recording Management Module,
request to speak, voting, IC-card sign-in, short
Synchronous Video Recording Management Module,
various
functional
modules:
Module,
Microphone
System
Setup
Management
Multi-user Congress Control Management Module,
9
Dual PC Server Hot Spare Module, Agenda Control
Module, Dual System Main Unit Hot Spare Module, etc.
z Installation and transportation
Easy
installation
is
another
vital
feature
of
HCS-4100/50 FDCS. All HCS-4100/50 digital congress
units are equipped with a 1.5-meter-6P-DIN cable (with
a male connector) and a 0.6-meter- 6P-DIN cable (with
a female connector) except HCS-4330/50 series which
has a 2.1-meter-6P-DIN cable (with a male connector)
and a socket on the housing. All congress units are
connected together in a daisy chain configuration and
connected to the main unit by the dedicated extension
cable.
10
1.3 Functions
„ HCS-4100/50 system can accommodate 378
z Discussion
simultaneous interpretation units (63
interpretation booths, 6 interpretation units in
„ “Active microphones” (1/2/3/4), sets the number
each), and provide 64 CHs (including floor
of delegates permitted to speak at the same time,
language) simultaneous interpretation;
and sets speaking time limit function.
„ The interpretation unit is equipped with a
„ Five discussion modes:
™ "OPEN"
mode,
microphone
key
uni-directional electret condenser microphone.
with
The gain of each microphone is adjustable
request-to-speak registration (AUTO)
separately, fitting the individual interpreter’s voice
™ "OVERRIDE" mode, microphone key control
to achieve perfect speech pickup any time. It
with override of the active microphones (FIFO)
features also 5 pre-defined input channels and 3
™ "VOICE" mode, acoustic active sensitivity and
automatic
switch-off
time
output
adjustable
corresponding
continuously, built-in “flash-on” technology,
keys,
a
with
their
high-contrast
IC-card reader as well as an audio record &
™ “APPLY” mode, delegate applies to speak by
playback function.
pressing apply key, delegate only speaks
„ Delegates use channel select to listen to different
when operator or chairman approved his
languages. In cooperation with channel selectors
application
and/or infrared language distribution system, a
™ "PTT" mode, press microphone key to talk
larger listening audience is enabled to join the
„ VIP unit configurable:
using
short
channels
256×64 graphic LCD with back-lighting, a built-in
immediate microphone activation on speaking
™ By
interpretation
contribution
unit
meeting.
configuration
module in HCS-4100/50 application software,
z Voting
a maximum of 32 delegate units can be set as
VIP units
„ If the system is equipped with a chairman unit
™ The VIP unit can be activated freely in any
with
a
graphic
LCD,
parliamentary
voting
mode, as long as the total number of active
(YES/NO/ABSTAIN) can be implemented even
microphones does not exceeded 6 (including
without a PC. The result is displayed on the LCD
chairman / delegate / VIP)
of every contribution unit.
„ Gain and EQ (5 band) of each microphone
adjustable
separately,
fitting
the
„ Cooperating
individual
with
corresponding
software
modules, multiform voting can be implemented:
orator’s voice to achieve perfect speech pickup
™ For/Against
any time.
™ Parliamentary: YES/NO/ABSTAIN
„ 4 audio effect modes prestored:
™ Multiple choice/Opinion poll: 1/2/3/4/5
NORMAL/PRESS/THEATER/PARLIAMENT
™ Audience response/Rating: --/-/0/+/++
„ Integrated 80 Hz (18 dB/octave) high-pass filter
™ Parliamentary (NPPV):
(low-cut switch) to cut low frequency elements
YES/NO/ABSTAIN/NPPV
from the audio when needed.
™ Appraisal:
Satisfied (Four options: perfectly satisfied,
z 64 CHs simultaneous interpretation
satisfied,
basically
satisfied,
unsatisfied)
„ Supporting 48 kHz audio sampling rate, all 64
(Three options: satisfied, basically
channels with a frequency response of 30 Hz~20
satisfied, unsatisfied)
kHz;
(Two options: satisfied, unsatisfied)
Qualified (2/3/4 options)
Competent (2/3/4 options)
11
z Complex IC-card sign-in
remote update for the congress system - for easy
central control of a multi-room configuration.
HCS-4100/50 system takes the leading role in using
z Intercom
the complex IC-card sign-in techniques for congress
sign-in, i.e. delegates can use the same IC-card for
both touched and contactless sign-in. This TAIDEN
If an operator unit is in the system, the built-in intercom
patent
facility
technology
has
not
only
simplified
allows
bidirectional
participants,
communication
authentication and sign-in of the delegates, but has
between
also eased operator’s delegate management. Delegate
operators. Extra equipment is not required.
information is displayed on the congress units if they
congress
vocal
interpreters
and
z Multi-room configuration function
are equipped with an IC-card reader and an LCD
display. More functions can be achieved when
Several main units can be operated as several
cooperating with HCS-4100/50 system software.
independent congress systems or be combined
together easily as a large multi-room congress system
z Information display
configuration.
„ By using the information display module of the
z Seamless Integration with the congress
HCS-4100/50 application software, congress title,
sign-in system and the central control
content, congress related information as well as
system
meeting related notice can be displayed on a
large screen display (or projector).
Optical
„ Contribution units equipped with graphic 256x32
fiber
interface
is
integrated
into
the
HCS-4100MA/50 congress main unit, in cooperation
LCD show :
with HCS-8300 series extension main unit, audio input
™ Active microphone amount, request amount,
interface or audio output device. Thus several mutually
delegates’ signed-in and voting results, etc.
™ Messages
(messages
from
the
distant congress rooms can be combined and be
system
operated as one venue.
administrator to all or part of participants)
Dual connection backup is implemented between the
™ Multilingual (simplified/traditional Chinese and
HCS-4100MA/50
English, etc) menu
congress
main
unit
and
the
HCS-8300 series extension main unit via optical fiber
and CAT5 cable.
z Automatic video tracking system
z Seamlessly Integrated with congress sign-in
Automatic video tracking can be carried out if video
system and central control system
switch unit and camera are installed.
The seamless integration of HCS-4100/50 FDCS with
z Comprehensive congress management
the TAIDEN congress sign-in system and the
intelligent
„ The routine and trivial congress steps are
central
control
system
provides
handled in perfect order by the congress
comprehensive congress system solutions. Besides
management
various
the basic congress management (discussion, voting,
information is processed and published real-time.
simultaneous interpretation, video tracking, etc.), it also
software.
Meanwhile
venue
provides congress sign-in and access control for the
circumstances, congress procedure and delegate
congress participants. Furthermore, it gives complete
arrangement, etc.
facilities to manage the congress system’s power
„ Powerful
control
functions
for
supply and the peripheral multimedia equipment,
z Remote control and remote diagnosis
surrounding
lights,
projector
display
and
sound
equipment. The easy incorporation of peripheral
Using advanced TCP/IP network protocol in the
components upgrades the system into an advanced
communication between the PC and the CMU - to
intelligent congress system with integrated solutions for
implement remote control, remote diagnosis and
conferencing, audio, lighting control etc.
12
z Fully compatible with TAIDEN HCS-4100/20
Fully
Digital
Congress
System
and
HCS-8300 Paperless Multi-media Congress
System
Fully compatible with TAIDEN HCS-4100/20 Fully
Digital
Congress
System:
HCS-4100/20
series
congress units can be connected to the HCS-4100/50
system, and HCS-4100/50 series congress units can
be connected to the HCS-4100/20 system (exclusive
functions
are
only
available
with
HCS-4100/50
contribution units).
Full compatibility also with TAIDEN HCS-8300
Paperless Multi-media Congress System: HCS-8300
series congress units can be connected to the
HCS-4100/50
system,
and
HCS-4100/50
series
congress units can be connected to the HCS-8300
system (exclusive functions are only available with
HCS-8300 contribution units).
z Other facilities
„ With the 8 channel digital/analog audio output
device (several units cascadable), multi-channel
digital/analog audio signals are available as
output
signals
for
the
infrared
language
distribution system or for recording
„ Built-in
self-detecting
functions
in
each
contribution unit for automatic detection of
microphone and keys
13
1.4 Features
z System operability
z System reliability
CMU controls efficiently: basic microphone control,
System reliability, as described below, has always been
simultaneous interpretation, video tracking - without the
the guiding principle while designing HCS-4100/50 fully
intervention of an operator.
digital congress system:
With a PC and HCS-4100/50 system software, more
„ HCS-4100/50
system
software
imports
the
functions can be achieved, including enhanced
hot-spare dual server structure by operating the
microphone
main server and the back-up server at the same
delegate information management, sign-in control,
time. While the main server is processing, data
meeting data management and distribution, voting
are stored real time on the back-up server to
control and output audio processing. HCS-4100/50 can
prevent congress related information from loss in
also be set up according to user requirements.
case of a crash of the main server, thus
HCS-4100/50 adopts Client/Server structure - the
improving security and reliability of the congress
process of the meeting is controlled by the operator
system remarkably.
from any PC within the same LAN. If PC malfunction
control,
simultaneous
interpretation,
„ Dual connection backup is implemented between
occurs, CMU will return to control status automatically
the HCS-4100MA/50 congress main unit and the
and take over control of the meeting, ensuring
HCS-8300 series extension main unit via optical
continuation of the meeting.
fiber and CAT5 cable.
z Outstanding expandability
„ "Closed Loop - Daisy Chain" connection topology:
breakdown or replacement of a congress unit
and connection failure of a cable will not
The interpretation unit of HCS-4100/50 offers a
influence other congress units.
maximum of 64 channels (including floor channel) and
„ Built-in communication auto termination function
satisfies the requirements of large-scale international
to prevent system collapse if the TCP/IP cable is
meetings: allocating a language for each channel,
pulled out
selecting a channel, interlock facility. The language of
„ Auto recovery function, supports PnP
each channel can be released separately to avoid
„ If PC malfunction happens, the CMU will return to
reciprocal interference and crosstalk. The system
control status automatically and take over control
supports a maximum of 4096 congress units and an
of the meeting, ensuring continuation of the
infinite number of channel selectors.
meeting process
HCS-4100/50 system is modular: just daisy-chain
HCS-4100/50 units to set-up a configuration. If extra
z Technological progress
system capacity is needed, units can be connected
easily, starting from any access point.
HCS-4100/50 FDCS - based on TAIDEN’s proprietary
development
digital
processing
and
transmitting
technologies MCA-STREAM - adopts embedded
hardware structure based on high performance dual
CPUs. HCS-4100/50 system software is based on
Client/Server and hot-spare dual server structure. CMU
and
PC
use
advanced
TCP/IP
protocol
for
communication, perfectly integrated to benefit from
modern technologies.
Furthermore, congress sign-in system and intelligent
central control system can be integrated into TAIDEN
HCS-4100/50 FDCS to provide the first complete and
efficient solution in the world.
14
z Economical and convenient installation
In virtue of the fully digital techniques of HCS-4100/50
system, system installation becomes simple and
economical,
especially
economical
and
in
durable
conjunction
with
HCS-4100/50
the
system
dedicated 6-PIN cable (substitutable by shielded CAT5
cable). The cable, suitable for the requirements of any
kind of meeting, transmits simultaneously up to 64 high
quality audio signals, control data and information.
Every delegate unit is assigned an individual ID for
convenient setup and perpetual prevention of double
ID allocation.
System connection reliability is improved by the
professional 6P-DIN standard plug and clasp which
facilitates system installation as well as disassembly.
As a result of the daisy-chain design of the contribution
units, insertion into the system can be done at any
desired
point,
simplifying
significantly
equipment
extension and maintenance.
z System maintenance
TAIDEN system software provides testing functions
for online testing the operating conditions such as
validity of the keys, LCD and microphones.
A detailed test report is issued for quick and simple
maintenance of the system device.
15
Chapter 2 Congress main unit (CMU)
The Congress main unit (CMU) forms the core of the
HCS-4100/50 fully digital congress system (FDCS),
and provides power supply to all contribution units,
meanwhile, serving as the key component to link up
hardware with application software. In stand-alone
mode without a PC, the CMU only carries out basic
management facilities; while more comprehensive
management
facilities
can
be
implemented
in
PC-controlled mode.
The devices that can be controlled by CMU includes:
discussion units (chairman unit/delegate unit), voting
units, interpretation units, channel selectors and video
switch for automatic video tracking, etc. By cascade
connecting EMUs, the HCS-4100/50 system can reach
its maximum capacity: 378 simultaneous interpretation
units, 4096 discussion/voting units and an infinite
number of channel selectors.
Product types:
HCS-4100MA/50
fully digital standard congress system main unit
(with discussion - voting - 64CHs - 256x32 LCD optical fiber interface)
HCS-4100MB/50
fully digital standard congress system main unit
(with discussion - voting - 64CHs - 256x32 LCD)
HCS-4100MC/50
fully digital standard congress system main unit
(with discussion - voting - 256x32 LCD)
16
2.1 Functions and indications
2.1.1 Front panel
Figure 2.1 Front panel of HCS-4100M/50 CMU
Figure 2.1
1. Power light
7. LINE IN 1 electric level adjustment knob
a. Switches to red in standby mode;
8. A type USB interface
b. Switches to blue when operating.
ƒ To plug-in a USB stick.
2. “STANDBY” button
9. Mini USB interface
ƒ For connecting to PC.
3. “MENU” button
a. The LCD displays the initial user interface: press
10. “MASTER VOLUME”
this button to enter the LCD set-up menu;
Knob to adjust the master volume of the floor audio
b. The LCD displays the set-up user interface: press
channel for the congress units
this button to select the highlighted item or enter
11. Monitoring earphone interface
the submenu;
ƒ Earphone jack (Ø 3.5 mm).
c. The LCD displays the network configuration: press
12. Microphone operation mode indicator
this button to select/deselect the numeric value.
( “ O P E N ” / ” O V E R R I D E ” /
4. “Õ“ (Left) button
“VOICE”/”APPLY”/”PTT”)
ƒ In standby state, press this button to display
ƒ Corresponding indicator lights up according to
current input audio spectrum;
selected mode.
ƒ In the set-up interface of the LCD menu, press this
13. Menu display
button to cursor to the left.
ƒ 256×32 LCD displays main unit status and
configuration menu.
5. “Ö“ (Right) button
ƒ In standby state, press this button to select the
number of maximum active microphones.
ƒ In the set-up interface of the LCD menu, press this
button to cursor to the right.
6. “EXIT” button
ƒ In standby state, press this button to select the
operation mode of the microphones.
ƒ In the set-up interface of the LCD menu, press this
button to exit current menu.
17
2.1.2 Backside
Backside of HCS-4100MA/50 CMU
Backside of HCS-4100MB/50 and HCS-4100MC/50 CMU
Figure2.2 Backside of HCS-4100M/50 CMU
Figure 2.2
14. Fiber interface
17. Contribution units ring connection LED
ƒ Connecting the conference main units of several
ƒ When the output ring works properly, LED will
distant conference rooms to combine as one
flash; when the output ring breaks, the LED will go
conference room (bridging distance can reach
out.
tens of kilometers)
18. Contribution units output interface (1-2, two
15. Ethernet interface (LAN)
routes)
ƒ For communication between the conference main
19. Video switch interface
unit with the PC under TCP/IP protocol to realize
ƒ When cooperating with video switch and dome
remote controlling; furthermore, it enables access
camera, auto video tracking can be realized.
to WLAN to realize remote wireless controlling by
20. Fire alarm linked trigger interface
wireless touch panel.
ƒ +5 V voltage application : all conference units
will be switched off and display “ALARM”;
16. Extension interface
ƒ
To connect CMU to EMU and interconnect with
ƒ No voltage input or too low voltage: conference
audio input interface and audio output device;
units will return to the status preceding “ALARM”.
devices cascadable
21. Power supply
22. Mains switch
18
2.2 Installation
23. “LINE OUT 2” (RCAx2 unbalanced output)
24. “LINE OUT 1” (3 cord XLR balanced output)
The CMU can be fixed in a standard 19-inch cabinet. The
25. “LINE IN 2” (RCAx2 unbalanced input)
CMU is equipped with a pair of fixing brackets ①. First
26. “LINE IN 1” (3 cord XLR balanced input)
unscrew the lateral screws ② from the housing. Then
27. RS-232C port x 2
fasten the brackets with these screws and put the CMU
in the cabinet. Finally fix the four holes ③ up with
ƒ "COM" port is used for connecting to a central
screws.
control system for central controlling, as well as for
system diagnosis;
ƒ "TEST" port is used for updating and monitoring.
Figure 2.3 Installation of the CMU
In addition, 1U metal stripes are included as
decoration to be installed between the CMUs in the
cabinet. It is also good for the ventilation and cooling off.
Fix up the four holes ③ with screws.
Figure 2.4
19
Decoration of cabinet
2.3 Connection
2.3.1 To contribution units
HCS-4100/50 series CMU has 2 outlet (6P-DIN)
trunk-line cable sockets for connecting to contribution
units. HCS-4100/50 series contribution units are
equipped with a cable with a standard 6P-DIN male
connector.
When connecting the CMU to the contribution units,
just connect the male connector of the first unit to the
socket of the CMU.
For a longer distance between the conference unit and
the CMU/EMU, a CPL6PS extension cable can be
used. One end of this cable is equipped with a 6P-DIN
Figure 2.6 “Daisy chain – closed loop” connection
male connector, the opposite end is equipped with a
topology
female connector. Just connect the female connector of
the cable to the conference unit, and connect the male
One HCS-4100/50 CMU contains 2x 6P-DIN outlet
connector to the output of the main unit.
trunk-line cable connectors, and each outlet connector
can output 60W. Since the power capacity of a 6P-DIN
interface is limited, it must be ensured that, during the
installation, the sum of the total power consumption of
all the congress units connected to every single
6P-DIN interface plus the power loss in the extension
cables does not surpass the power limit of each
6P-DIN interface. Otherwise the system will not work
properly or automatic protection will occur (see 5.1.1
connection principles).
Figure 2.5
Discussion unit connected to the CMU or the
EMU
For "daisy chain - closed loop" connection, just connect
the last contribution unit back to the CMU via a
CBL6PP extension cable (both ends of this cable are
equipped
with
a
6P-DIN
male
connector).
In
HCS-4100/50 Series Digital Congress System, only the
congress main unit supports "Closed Loop - Daisy
Chain" connection topology, and only one ring
connection allows.
20
2.3.2 To PA
2.3.3 To fiber device
The CMU of the HCS-4100/50 series FDCS has a pair
HCS-4100MA/50 has a pair of fiber interfaces, and can
of RCA symmetrical audio outputs “LINE OUT 2” and a
be connected to the HCS-4100MA/50, HCS-8300
3 cord XLR balanced output “LINE OUT 1”, to be
series CMU/EMU, to the audio input unit and to the
connected to a PA. Connecting the RCA symmetrical
audio output unit. Two distant meeting rooms (distance
audio outputs or the 3 cord XLR balanced output of the
can reach tens of kilometers) can be combined as one
HCS-4100M/50 to the input port of the PA via an audio
meeting room.
wire will be OK.
The connection between the fiber interfaces is shown
in the following figure:
a. RCA audio output to PA
b. 3-cord XLR balanced output to PA
Figure 2.7
CMU connecting to PA
Figure 2.8 Connecting between CMUs via fiber cable
21
2.4 Configuration and operation
After installation and connection and prior to the
meeting, the CMU should be configured through the
dialog menu and button. The term “interface” used
hereinafter means the information displayed on the
LCD as the “user” interface.
The menu structure is shown in the following figure:
Figure 2.9
LCD menu structure of the congress main unit
22
A) Starting initialization
Switch
on
and
press
"STANDBY"
button,
“Voice”:
HCS-4100M/50 CMU will start initialization:
The delegates’ microphone is activated when
spoken into. After 1~15 seconds (adjustable)
without speaking, the microphone switches off
automatically.
“Apply”:
When the delegate presses his/her microphone
ON/OFF button to request to speak, the chairman
unit can approve or reject his/her request.
“PTT” (push-to-talk):
B) Initial interface on LCD
When the delegate presses and holds the
When the initialization is finished, the initial interface
microphone ON/OFF button, the microphone will
will be displayed on the LCD:
be activated; when the ON/OFF button is released,
“Menu”
the microphone will be deactivated.
“Mic’s”
“Mode”
C) Access main menu
Pressing “Menu” button under initial user interface will
go to the main menu, which includes eight menu items:
“Network”
Select and press the corresponding button below the
“Simultaneous Interpretation’”
item and go to the next operation:
“System Status”
™
™
™
Press “Menu” button to return to the main
“Test”
menu；
“System Setting”
Press “Ö“ button to select the maximal
“Operation Language Setting”
number of microphones that can be turned on
“System Parameters Backup/Restore”
at the same time: 1, 2, 3 or 4;
“About”
Press “EXIT” button to select the microphone
mode
“OPEN”,
“OVERRIDE”,
“VOICE”,
“APPLY” or "PTT".
“Open”:
The current chosen term (e.g. “Network”) is highlighted.
If the maximal number of active microphones,
™
previously fixed, has been reached, delegates
Press
“MENU”
button
to
go
to
the
corresponding submenu;
requesting to speak join a request-to-speak list
with a capacity of 6. The first unit joining the list will
become active when the first active unit gets off.
™
Use “Õ/Ö” button to switch from term to term;
™
Use “EXIT” button to exit current menu and
return to the upper level menu.
“Override”:
If the maximal number of active microphones has
been reached and if another delegate unit is
activated, the delegate unit switched on first will be
switched off first automatically (first in / first out).
The microphone limit set remains unchanged.
23
2.4.1 Network
2.4.2 Simultaneous interpretation
“Network” includes three submenus:
In
“Simultaneous
Interpretation”
submenu,
the
following parameters need to be setup:
“IP Address”
“Subnet Mask”
™
“Select Number of Channel(s):”
“Gateway”
™
“Select Language For Channel:”
™
“Select Number of Booth(s):”
™
"Select Interlock Between Booths"
™
“Select Language For Booth:”
a). Setting up unique “IP Address” for the
transmitter:
Operation steps:
1). Select “IP address” and press “Menu” button to go
a). Setup the number of interpretation channels
to setup IP address interface:
Use “Õ/Ö“ button to switch between 0~63;
2). Use “Õ/Ö” button to switch between the four
numbers;
ƒ
If “0” is selected, it stands for no SI function,
use “Menu” button to save and return to main
3). Use “MENU” button to edit selected number;
menu;
4). Use “Õ/Ö” button to decrease/increase the
number. To change the number quickly (= auto
ƒ
If other values are selected, it stands for the
repeat) press and hold “Õ/Ö” button for a longer
number of interpretation channels, use “Menu”
time
button to go to step b).
5). Use “EXIT” to return to high level menu.
b). Setup interpretation language
b). Setup “Subnet Mask” and “Gateway”
Same chronological order as for “IP address” set up.
1). Setup channel 1 first, use “Õ/Ö“ button to switch
Note:
between languages;
) When controlled by PC software, "Subnet
2). Use “MENU” button to confirm selected language
Mask" and "Gateway" should be setup
and go to next channel;
according to the PC configuration; otherwise
3). Repeat 1) ~ 2) to setup language for all channels,
it may cause a connection problem.
and go to step c);
) In menu operation, except for "Network",
"Timing speech" and "CobraNet port", all
other menu changes should be saved via
pressing "MENU" button, pressing "EXIT"
button will ignore the changes.
)
24
3rd step: select a language for B. Three channels are
c). Select number of booths
now available: A and B output a selected language and
C outputs any available language.
If NONE is selected for C then
4th step: select B: NONE or ALL
If NONE is selected for B only A outputs the selected
Use “Õ/Ö“ button to switch between 0~63. Usually,
language of step 1. B and C do not output languages
one language will take one booth.
ƒ
If ALL is selected for B then 2 output channels are
If “0” is selected, it stands for no SI function,
available: A outputs the selected language of step 1
use “Menu” button to save and return to main
and B outputs any available language. No language
menu;
ƒ
output at C
If other values are selected, it stands for the
1). Setup channel A language for booth 1: press
number of interpretation booths, use “Menu”
“Õ/Ö“ button to select language from those
button to go to step d).
languages that have been selected in step b)
and press “MENU” button to confirm;
d). Select interlock mode between booths
Select interlock mode between booths, includes:
"OVERRIDE"
"INTERLOCK"
2). Select channel C language for booth 1: “NONE”
or “ALL”;
1). Use “Õ/Ö“ button to switch between two interlock
modes;
ƒ
ƒ
“OVERRIDE” mode enables an interpreter in
3). If ALL is selected for C then press “Õ/Ö“ button to
another booth to override an occupied channel
select language for B from those languages that
in another booth, but supplying the same
have been selected in step b) and press “MENU”
channel.
button to confirm;
"INTERLOCK" mode prevents that two booths
engage the same channel.
2). Use “MENU” button to confirm selected interlock
mode and go to step e).
4). If NONE is selected for C then select channel B
language from “NONE” or “ALL”;
e). Select language for booth
To distribute interpretation languages separately, A/B/C
channels are provided in each interpretation unit. The
language setting of A/B/C channels for all interpretation
ƒ
units in one booth is uniform. After setup of booth
“NONE” stands for no language output from
channel B;
numbers, the user interface to setup output channel
ƒ
A/B/C language will show for each booth.
“ALL” stands for the language of channel B
which can be any of the selected languages.
Press "MENU" button to confirm and go to
General procedure:
configuration for next booth;
1st step: select a language for channel A
5). Repeat 1) ~ 2) to setup output channel A/B/C
2nd step: select ALL or NONE for channel C
language for all booths and return to main
If ALL is selected for C then
menu.
25
2.4.3 System status
2.4.4 Test (cannot work under “VOICE” and “PTT”
mode)
“System status” submenu includes:
“Testing” submenu includes:
“Unit status”
“Microphone”
“Interpretation status”
“LCD”
“Button”
“Loudspeaker”
“LED”
"Unit status"
When entering this submenu, a table consisting of the
total number, active number, and request-to-speak
number of microphones is shown as in the following
figure.
1.
"Microphone"
Testing microphones before the meeting. This interface
is inaccessible if no discussion unit is connected.
"Interpretation status"
Monitors the language channels and their states. Only
ƒ “Õ/Ö“ button is used to run trough all connected
8 language channels’ status can be displayed in one
contribution units;
full screen. All channels can be run through by
ƒ “MENU” button is used to switch the unit ON/OFF to
“Õ/Ö“ button.
check if it can be turned ON/OFF normally or not;
The “F” stands for the original floor language. An “F” is
ƒ After finishing the run, quit the interface by pressing
displayed if a channel hasn't been allocated to an
“Ö“ or “EXIT” button.
interpretation booth or if it has not been fed with
language output temporarily. If the microphone of the
2.
interpretation unit in the booth is active, the “+” will
"LCD"
replace the “F” at the associated language channel,
a). Press “Õ/Ö“ button to select “LCD” and press
however, if all microphones in the booth are switched
“MENU” button to enter LCD test interface. Column
off, the “+” will return to the “F” again.
scan will be executed immediately to scan the first
column, shown as in the following figure:
b). When the first time column scan is finished, press
any button to start the second time column scan;
c). When the second time column scan is finished,
press any button to start the first time line scan,
shown as in the following figure;
26
d). When the first time line scan is finished, press any
4.
button to start the second time line scan;
Press “Õ/Ö“ button to select “Loudspeaker” and press
e). When the second time line scan is finished, press
“MENU” button to enter loudspeaker test interface. If
any button to start the full screen scan;
no discussion unit is connected, this interface is
f). When the full screen scan is finished, press any
inaccessible.
button to return to the upper menu.
3.
"Loudspeaker"
"Key"
Testing buttons before meeting, especially when voting
a). Press “Õ/Ö“ button to run through all connected
function is present.
contribution units;
a). Press “Õ/Ö“ button to select “Button” and press
b). Press “MENU” button to turn on the loudspeaker of
“MENU” button to enter button test interface. All
the current unit and check if it works normally or
connected contribution units will go to button test
not;
status;
c). When the loudspeaker of every contribution unit has
b). The button LEDs of all contribution units will blink
been tested, press “Ö“ or “EXIT” button to exit
and all the contribution units with LCD will prompt a
loudspeaker test interface.
hint, press all buttons in turn and test them;
5.
"LED"
Press “Õ/Ö“ button to select “LED” and press “MENU”
button to enter LED test interface, shown as the
c). When all keys are tested, the LCD on contribution
following
unit will display keys test result, as the following
figure.
The
LEDs
on
all
connected
contribution units will blink immediately.
figure:
Press “EXIT” button to exit LED test interface.
d). When all keys test is finished, press “EXIT” button
to return to upper menu.
27
2.4.5 System setting
2. "Loudspeaker Mute Setting"
“Setting” submenu includes:
1. Loudspeaker Volume
2. Loudspeaker Mute
3. Line in 1 Mode
4. Down Bass Setting
5. Down Treble Setting
6. Down Threshold Level
7. Line in 2 Volume
8. Mic Gain Setting
9. Microphone Lowcut
10. Microphone Noise
Mute/Not mute loudspeaker of contribution units
(except interpretation units).
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select mute or not;
Gate
11. Headphone Monitor
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
12. Ring Setting
level menu.
Setting
13. Priority Setting
14. Voice Mode Setting
15. Timing Speech
16. Time Display
3. "LINE IN 1 Mode Setting"
17. Setting Time
18. Chair Object Setting
Select LINE IN 1 mode from "Line input" or
19. Number
20. U-disk Function
21. Video Tracking
22. Select Master/Slave
"Microphone Input".
Mode
23. Infrared MU
24. Sampling Rate
25. Ring Connection
26. Headphone Volume
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select "Line input" or
Reduction
27. Floor Distribution
"Microphone Input";
28. Ambient Microphone
b). Select "Line input" and press "MENU" button to
Setting
29. Extension Port Setting
save and return to upper level menu;
30. Fiber Port Setting
ƒ Select "Microphone Input" and press "MENU"
button will go to step b);
c). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select phantom power on/off,
phantom power is used for connecting condenser
1. "Loudspeaker Volume Setting"
microphone;
Adjust built-in loudspeaker volume of contribution units
d). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
(except interpretation units), range: -30 dB ~ 0 dB.
level menu.
Note:
) “down” and “downlink” used in 4. /5. and 6.
indicate the signal transmission direction from the
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to adjust volume;
central main unit to the contribution units.
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
level menu.
28
4. "Down Bass Setting"
8. "Microphone Gain Setting"
Adjust downlink bass of contribution units (except
"Microphone gain setting" includes two submenus:
interpretation units), range: -15dB ~ +15 dB.
"Set All Mics"
"Set Active"
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to adjust;
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
1st step: power on all units
level menu.
2nd step: switch on any microphone (only one at a time)
5. "Down Treble Setting"
as the first one and make a voice test. Keep the
Adjust downlink treble of contribution units (except
acoustic impression in mind. Switch off the mic and
interpretation units), range: -15dB ~ +15 dB.
switch on the next mic and make the voice test again.
Continue until the last mic has been tested. If your final
impression is that the sound level is not appropriate,
increase or decrease the gain in “Set All Mics” in the
CMU. Otherwise keep it unchanged.
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to adjust;
™ "Set All Mics"
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
level menu.
6. "Down Threshold Level Setting"
Setup downlink audio threshold level to make sure that
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to adjust the gain of all
the sound issuing from the built-in loudspeaker and the
microphones (press and hold "Õ/Ö" button will
headphone of each congress unit has no distortion.
adjust numeric value quickly), range: -15 dB ~ 15
dB;
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
level menu.
3rd step:
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select threshold level
between -21dB, -18dB and -15dB;
Now redo the test again as “Set All Mics” setting from
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
step 2 does. Switch on any mic as the first and check
level menu.
the sound result again.
If it is ok, then switch off the mic and switch on the next
7. "LINE IN 2 Volume Setting"
mic.
Adjust LINE IN 2 input volume, range: mute, -30 dB ~ 0
If it is not ok then keep the mic switched on and got to
dB.
“Set Active” setting in the CMU and increase or
decrease the mic gain.
Continue with the next mic.
™ "Set Active"
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to adjust volume;
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
level menu.
29
c). Press "Õ/Ö" button to adjust the gain of all
"Monitor Channel Select"
microphones (press and hold "Õ/Ö" button will
Monitor Channel Select includes: group output 1~6,
adjust numeric value quickly), range: -15 dB ~ 15
line output 1~2 (HCS-4100M/50 series CMU has no
dB;
group output function).
d). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
level menu.
9. "Microphone Lowcut Setting"
Select Yes or No for activating Lowcut filter for
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select monitor channel;
microphone audio.
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
level menu.
"Volume"
Adjust monitoring headphone volume, range: -30 dB ~
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to activate (Yes) or not activate
0 dB.
(No) Lowcut filter for microphone audio;
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
level menu.
10. "Microphone Noise Gate Setting"
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to adjust the volume (press and
Select activation of microphone noise gate or not. If
hold "Õ/Ö" button will adjust numeric value
activated, system will mute automatically when the
quickly);
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
signal level is continuously lower than a certain
level menu.
threshold.
12. "Ring Setting"
Select ring tone on/off when request to speak, chairman
priority button pressed, speech timing or request to
a). Press
"Õ/Ö"
button
to
select
activation
of
intercom.
microphone noise gate or not;
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
level menu.
11. "Headphone Monitor Setting"
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select ring on/off;
The audio output can be monitored with a headphone
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
at the monitor jack on the front panel of the CMU.
level menu.
"Headphone monitor setting" includes two submenus:
"Monitor Channel Select"
13. "Priority Setting"
"Volume"
Select enable/disable chairman priority button.
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select "Monitor Channel
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select enable/disable
Select" or "Volume";
chairman priority button;
b). Press "MENU" button to go to next step;
ƒ If 'No" is selected, press "MENU" button to
confirm and return to upper level menu;
30
ƒ If "Yes" is selected, press "MENU" button to
confirm and go to step b);
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to set auto turn off time (press
and hold "Õ/Ö" button will adjust numeric value
b). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select priority mode between
quickly); range: 1s ~ 15 s.
"All Mute" and "All Off";
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
level menu.
ƒ "All Mute": when chairman presses and holds
"Priority" button, all active microphones will mute
temporarily; when chairman releases "Priority"
15. "Set timing speech"
button, all temporarily muted microphones will
Set timing speech, range: 1~240 minutes.
resume.
ƒ "All Off": when chairman presses "Priority"
button,
all
active
microphones
will
be
deactivated (except VIP units).
c). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to set timing speech on/off:
level menu.
ƒ If "Off" is selected, press "MENU" button to
confirm and return to upper level menu;
14. "Voice Mode Setting"
ƒ If "On" is selected, press "MENU" button to
confirm and go to step b);
"Voice Mode Setting" includes two submenus:
b). Press “Õ/Ö“ button to switch between “Speech
"Voice Sensitivity"
time” and “Prompt time”;
"Auto Off Time"
c). Press "MENU" to select "Speech time ...(minutes)"
"Sensitivity"
or "Before ...(s) to prompt"
Set microphone sensitivity under voice mode. Higher
d). Press "Õ/Ö" button to set time (press and hold
sensitivity means a lower voice can activate the
"Õ/Ö" button will adjust numeric value quickly);
microphone.
e). Press "EXIT" button to save and return to upper
level menu.
16. "Time Display Setting"
Display or do not display time on the LCDs of the
contribution units.
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to set microphone sensitivity;
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
level menu.
"Auto Off Time"
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select "Yes" or "No";
If the speaker does not speak for a certain time under
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
"Voice" mode, the microphone will be deactivated
level menu.
automatically.
31
17. "Time Setting"
19. "Number"
Set system clock.
a). Enter "Number" submenu, the LCD on the CMU will
display "Press '1' button of congress units one by
one and repower".
a). Press "MENU" button to go to "Year", "Month",
"Day", "Hour", "Minute" in turn;
b). Press "Õ/Ö" button to set time (press and hold
At this instant, all contribution units with a LCD will
"Õ/Ö" button will adjust numeric value quickly);
prompt the number on their LCD; contribution units
without a LCD will activate the corresponding LED.
c). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
level menu.
18. "Chair Object Setting"
b). Press "1" button on all contribution units one by one
Assigning the operator unit or a chairman/delegate unit
to number them;
with a LCD as the congress host. When an interpreter
c). When all contribution units are numbered, restart
presses the "CHAIR" button on his/her interpretation
the CMU to update the number.
unit, he/she sets up intercom with the assigned
congress host.
Note:
)
To update the number the CMU must be
restarted after the numbering;
)
HCS-4100/50 has an auto-numbering function.
"Number" function is used to allocate an ID to
™ "Operator"
each contribution unit manually. This is used for
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select "Operator", then the
some applications which need to know the
operator was assigned as the congress host;
exact ID of each contribution unit, for example
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
controlling the contribution units by the wireless
level menu.
touch panel of the central control system.
™ "Other"
20. "U-disk Function Setting"
Enable/disable USD_D interface on the front panel of
the CMU. If enabled, the CMU can be connected to the
PC via the USB_D interface to backup/restore CMU
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select "Other", and to assign
information.
any chairman/delegate unit with LCD as the
congress host;
b). According to the hint on the LCD of the
chairman/delegate unit, press "1" button on this unit,
to assign it as the congress host;
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select "Yes" or "No";
c). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
level menu.
level menu.
32
21. "Video Tracking Setting"
b). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select "Enable" or "Disable";
Enable/disable video tracking function.
ƒ If "Enable" is selected, slave CMU will backup
master CMU automatically during the meeting
process. If master CMU stops, slave CMU will
switch automatically to master mode and act as
master CMU;
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select "Yes" or "No";
ƒ If "Disable" is selected, slave CMU will backup
ƒ If "No" is selected, press "MENU" button to
master CMU automatically in the meeting
confirm and return to upper level menu.
process. If master CMU stops, slave CMU will
ƒ If "Yes" is selected, press "MENU" button to go
NOT switch to master mode;
to step b);
c). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
level menu.
23. "Infrared MU Setting"
b). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select "FIFO" or "VIP First";
ƒ "FIFO" is selected: when current video tracking
microphone is deactivated, video camera will
turn to last active microphone automatically;
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select "On" or "Off";
ƒ "VIP First" is selected: when current video
tracking
microphone
is
deactivated,
 If "Off" is selected, press "MENU" to save and
video
return to upper level menu;
camera will turn to chairman unit. If no chairman
 If "On" is selected, press "MENU" button to go to
unit is present, it will turn to VIP unit.
step b);
c). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
b). Setup infrared MU IP address, the same as 2.4.1.
level menu.
22. "Select Master/Slave Mode"
If two CMU are installed in one system, they are set as
"Master Mode" and "Slave Mode" separately.
24. "Sampling Rate Setting"
Select sample rate between 32 kHz and 48 kHz.
If “48 kHz" sampling frequency is selected, the system
response frequency is 30 Hz ~ 20 kHz; if "32 kHz"
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select "Master" or "Slave":
sampling frequency is selected, the system response
ƒ If "Master Mode" is selected, press "MENU"
frequency is 30 Hz ~ 16k Hz.
button to confirm and return to upper level menu;
ƒ If "Slave Mode" is selected, press "MENU"
button to confirm and go to step b);
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select "32 kHz" or "48 kHz";
b). Press "MENU" to save and return to upper level
menu.
33
25. "Ring Connection Setting"
28. Ambient Microphone Setting (HCS-4100MC/50
does not have this function)
Enable/disable ring connection.
Enable/disable ambient microphone.
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select "Yes" or "No";
■ If "Yes" is selected, all contribution units can be
a).
“daisy-chained" into a ring connection topology;
Press
"Õ/Ö"
(left/right)
button
to
select
enable/disable.
■ If "No" is selected, all contribution units can only
 If "Disable" is selected, press "MENU" button to
be "daisy-chained";
disable ambient microphone;
b). Press "MENU" to save and return to upper level
 If "Enable" is selected, press "MENU" button to
menu.
confirm and go to step b);
26. "Headphone Volume Reduction"
b). Press "Õ/Ö" (left/right) button to select a
microphone ID;
If a headphone is plugged howling may happen when
c). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
the microphone is activated. "Headphone volume
level menu.
reduction" function is used to suppress howling. If
enabled, the headphone audio signal will decrease
29. "Extension Port Setting"
automatically by 18 dB.
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select "Yes" or "No";
Enable/disable extension port on the backside of the
b). Press "MENU" to save and return to upper level
CMU.
menu.
27. "Floor Distribution Setting"
Enable/disable switch to floor channel automatically
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select "Yes" or "No";
when no interpretation channel is available.
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
level menu.
30. "Fiber Port Setting"
Enable/disable fiber port on the backside of the CMU.
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select "Yes" or "No";
b). Press "MENU" to save and return to upper level
menu.
a). Press "Õ/Ö" button to select "Yes" or "No";
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
level menu.
34
2.4.6 Operation language setting
2.4.8 About
CMU
information
includes:
firmware
version,
corporation information and series number, shown as
in the following figure - press any button to return to
upper level menu.
Select LCD display language from simplified Chinese,
Traditional Chinese and English. Other languages can
be added by the user through software operation (refer
to software operation instruction for details).
Select language:
2.4.9 Volume control
Volume can be adjusted by volume knob on the CMU
front panel - LINE IN 1 VOL. adjust knob and MASTER
a). Press
"Õ/Ö"
button
to
select
LCD
VOLUME adjust knob. Meanwhile, the corresponding
display
volume indicator will be displayed on the LCD, as
language;
shown in the following figure:
b). Press "MENU" button to save and return to upper
level menu.
2.4.7 System parameter backup/restore
If USB feature is enabled, system parameters can be
backed up or restored through the front panel USB port.
Make sure that the USB disk is properly connected;
otherwise it will prompt "Please insert the USB disk."
2.4.10 Connecting to PC
When connecting the CMU to the PC, its front panel will
be locked and setup operation cannot be accessed, as
a). Press “Õ/Ö“ button to select "Backup" or "Restore";
shown as the following figure:
 If "Backup" is selected, system parameters can
be backed up;
 If "Restore" is selected, system parameters can
be restored;
b). Press "MENU" button to confirm and to go to
selected menu item;
c). Return to upper level menu after backup or
recovery.
35
Chapter 3 Congress units
3.1 Overview
Congress unit is the common name to describe the
units used by the attendees to contribute to a congress.
E-series: tabletop/ flush-mounted foldaway discussion
The term includes discussion unit (chairman/delegate),
units
voting unit, channel selector etc. Various features are
available for the attendee, depending on the type of
HCS-4380SC/50 chairman unit
congress unit operated: listen, speak, request to speak,
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
information display, IC card sign-in, key-press sign-in,
interpretation - 256x32 LCD
voting, simultaneous interpretation etc.
HCS-4380SD/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation - 256x32 LCD
3.1.1 Discussion unit
HCS-4380SX/50 operator unit
A
discussion
Microphone
provides
speaking
loudspeaker
are
unit
and
function.
the
for intercom function
basic
HCS-4382SD/50 delegate unit
components.
discussion - 5 voting keys - 256x32 LCD
A discussion unit includes chairman unit, delegate unit,
HCS-4370SD/50 delegate unit
VIP unit and operator unit for the technical operator of
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
the venue.
interpretation - Chinese panel
Discussion units are available as foldaway, tabletop,
HCS-4370SDE/50 delegate unit
flush-mounted, depending on the method of installation
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
and the appearance wanted by the user. This choice
interpretation - English panel
greatly enriches the diversification requirements by all
HCS-4371SD/50 delegate unit
kinds of users.
discussion only
Note: HCS-4380SC/50 is the chairman unit for all discussion
units of this series.
Product type:
G-series: tabletop/ flush-mounted discussion units
Q-series:
HCS-4886C/50 chairman unit
flush-mounted
discussion
units
with
protective cover
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4365C/50 chairman unit
interpretation - 256x32 LCD
Discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4886D/50 delegate unit
interpretation - 256x32 LCD
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4365D/50 delegate unit
interpretation - 256x32 LCD
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4887D/50 delegate unit
interpretation - 256x32 LCD
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 256 x 32 LCD
HCS-4366D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4888D/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 5 voting keys - Chinese panel
interpretation - Chinese panel
HCS-4888DE/50 delegate unit
HCS-4366DE/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - English panel
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4886X_S/50 operator unit
interpretation - English panel
for intercom function - tulip gold panel + grey base
Note: At choice for all discussion units of this series (except
operation unit): tulip gold panel + grey base or tulip gold
panel + black base.
36
M-series:
flush-mounted
discussion
units
with
HCS-4333CB/50 chairman unit
protective cover
discussion - speaking timer display - request to speak display
HCS-4333DB/50 delegate unit
HCS-4360C/50 chairman unit
discussion - speaking timer display - request to speak display
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4335D/50 delegate unit
interpretation - Chinese panel
discussion - 64CHs simultaneous interpretationx2 - 2 ID
HCS-4360CE/50 chairman unit
Note: this series discussion unit has 2 colors available: gray and
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
silver.
interpretation - English panel
HCS-4360D/50 delegate unit
L-series:
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
flush-mounted
discussion
units
with
protective cover
interpretation - Chinese panel
HCS-4360DE/50 delegate unit
HCS-4320C/50 chairman unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation - English panel
interpretation -
HCS-4361D/50 delegate unit
stem microphone - Chinese panel
HCS-4320CE/50 chairman unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - Chinese panel
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4361DE/50 delegate unit
interpretation – stem microphone - English panel
discussion - 5 voting keys - English panel
HCS-4320HC/50 chairman unit
HCS-4362D/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
discussion - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation
interpretation - handheld microphone - Chinese panel
HCS-4363D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4320HCE/50 chairman unit
discussion only
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
interpretation - handheld microphone - English panel
HCS-4320D/50 delegate unit
D-series: tabletop discussion units
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4330C/50 chairman unit
interpretation – stem microphone - Chinese panel
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4320DE/50 delegate unit
interpretation - Chinese panel
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4330CE/50 chairman unit
interpretation – stem microphone - English panel
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4320HD/50 delegate unit
interpretation - English panel
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4330D/50 delegate unit
interpretation - handheld microphone - Chinese panel
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4320HDE/50 delegate unit
interpretation - Chinese panel
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4330DE/50 delegate unit
interpretation - handheld microphone - English panel
discussion - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous
HCS-4321D/50 delegate unit
interpretation - English panel
discussion - 5 voting keys - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation –
HCS-4331CB/50 chairman unit
stem microphone - Chinese panel
discussion - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation - speaking timer
HCS-4321DE/50 delegate unit
display
discussion - 5 voting keys - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation –
HCS-4331DB/50 delegate unit
stem microphone - English panel
discussion - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation - speaking timer
HCS-4321HD/50 delegate unit
display
discussion - 5 voting keys - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation -
HCS-4332D/50 delegate unit
handheld microphone - Chinese panel
discussion - 5 voting keys - Chinese panel
HCS-4321HDE/50 delegate unit
HCS-4332DE/50 delegate unit
discussion - 5 voting keys - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation -
discussion - 5 voting keys - English panel
handheld microphone - English panel
37
HCS-4322D/50 delegate unit
discussion
-
64CHs
simultaneous
HCS-4341HD/50 flush-mounted delegate unit
interpretation
–
stem
discussion only - with handheld microphone - black
microphone
Note: this series chairman unit is only operative
with
HCS-4322HD/50 delegate unit
HCS-4340CA/50 multi-function connector, delegate unit is
discussion - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation - handheld
only operative with HCS-4340DA/DT/50 multi-function
microphone
connector, and the handheld delegate unit is only
operative
C-series:
only
operative
with
with
HCS-4340HDA/50
multi-function
connector.
HCS-4340/50
multi-function connector
N-series:
HCS-4341CA/50 flush-mounted chairman unit
only
operative
with
HCS-4340/50
multi-function connector
discussion only - with stem microphone - gray
HCS-4341CA_S/50 flush-mounted chairman unit
HCS-4841NC/50 flush-mounted chairman unit
discussion only - with stem microphone - silver
discussion only
HCS-4341DA/50 flush-mounted delegate unit
HCS-4841ND/50 flush-mounted delegate unit
discussion only - with stem microphone - gray
discussion only
HCS-4341DA_S/50 flush-mounted delegate unit
HCS-4842N/50 flush-mounted channel selector
discussion only - with stem microphone - silver
64CHs simultaneous interpretation - channel number display LCD
HCS-4341CB/50 boundary chairman unit
Note: this series discussion unit has 2 colors available: gray and
discussion only - black
silver; this series chairman unit is only operative with
HCS-4341DB/50 boundary delegate unit
HCS-4340CA/50 multi-function connector, delegate unit is
discussion only - black
only operative with HCS-4340DA/DT/50 multi-function
connector, and channel selector is only operative with
HCS-4340/50 multi-function connector.
G-series
E-series
Q-series
D-series
M-series
L-series
C-series
N-series
Figure 3.1
Discussion units
38
3.1.2 Wired voting unit
HCS-4100/50
system
provides
powerful
voting
HCS-4843DFK_S/50 voting unit for delegate
management functions. A large choice of wired voting
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in – silver - Chinese
units considerably satisfies the requirements both for
panel - HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector not required
various types of voting and different scales.
HCS-4843DFE_S/50 voting unit for delegate
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys – silver- English panel –
HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector not required
Product type:
HCS-4843DFKE_S/50 voting unit for delegate
N series:
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in – silver - English
HCS-4843NCT/50 voting unit for chairman
panel - HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector not required
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - Chinese panel
HCS-4843NCTE/50 voting unit for chairman
HCS-4368/50 series:
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - English panel
HCS-4843NDT/50 voting unit for delegate
HCS-4368CT/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - Chinese panel
3 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof - 12000V
HCS-4843NDTE/50 voting unit for delegate
antistatic
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - English panel
HCS-4368DT/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
HCS-4843NCTK/50 voting unit for chairman
3 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof - 12000V
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - IC card sign-in - Chinese panel
antistatic
HCS-4843NCTKE/50 voting unit for chairman
HCS-4368CT/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - IC card sign-in - English panel
chairman
HCS-4843NDTK/50 voting unit for delegate
3 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof - 12000V
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - IC card sign-in - Chinese panel
antistatic - protective cover
HCS-4843NDTKE/50 voting unit for delegate
HCS-4368DT/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
flush-mounted - 3 voting keys - IC card sign-in - English panel
delegate
HCS-4843NCF/50 voting unit for chairman
3 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof - 12000V
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - Chinese panel
antistatic - protective cover
HCS-4843NCFE/50 voting unit for chairman
HCS-4368NCT/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - English panel
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - Chinese panel
HCS-4843NDF/50 voting unit for delegate
HCS-4368NCTE/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - Chinese panel
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - English panel
HCS-4843NDFE/50 voting unit for delegate
HCS-4368NDT/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - English panel
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - Chinese panel
HCS-4843NCFK/50 voting unit for chairman
HCS-4368NDTE/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - Chinese panel
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - English panel
HCS-4843NCFKE/50 voting unit for chairman
HCS-4368NCT/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - English panel
chairman
HCS-4843NDFK/50 voting unit for delegate
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - protective cover -
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - Chinese panel
Chinese panel
HCS-4843NDFKE/50 voting unit for delegate
HCS-4368NCTE/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys - IC card sign-in - English panel
chairman
Note: the above of this series voting units are only operative with
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - protective cover -
HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector, and have 2 colors
English panel
available: gray and silver.
HCS-4368NDT/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
HCS-4843DF_S/50 voting unit for delegate
delegate
flush-mounted - 5 voting keys – silver- Chinese panel –
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - protective cover -
HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector not required
Chinese panel
39
HCS-4368NDTE/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
HCS-4368NCF/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
delegate
5 voting keys - waterproof - Chinese panel
3 voting keys - waterproof - 12000V antistatic - protective cover -
HCS-4368NCFE/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
English panel
5 voting keys - waterproof - English panel
HCS-4368CF/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
HCS-4368NDF/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
5 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof
5 voting keys – waterproof - Chinese panel
HCS-4368DF/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
HCS-4368NDFE/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
5 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD – waterproof
5 voting keys – waterproof - English panel
HCS-4368CFK/50 tabletop voting unit for chairman
HCS-4368NCF/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
5 voting keys - 256x32 LCD - IC card sign-in
chairman
HCS-4368DFK/50 tabletop voting unit for delegate
5 voting keys - waterproof - protective cover - Chinese panel
5 voting keys - 256x32 LCD - IC card sign-in
HCS-4368NCFE/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
HCS-4368CF/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
chairman
chairman
5 voting keys - waterproof - protective cover - English panel
5 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof - protective
HCS-4368NDF/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
cover
delegate
HCS-4368DF/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
5 voting keys - waterproof - protective cover - Chinese panel
delegate
HCS-4368NDFE/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
5 voting keys - 256x32 graphic LCD - waterproof - protective
delegate
cover
5 voting keys - waterproof - protective cover - English panel
HCS-4368CFK/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
Note: this series tabletop voting units have only one color: red;
chairman
this series flush-mounted voting units have 2 colors
5 voting keys - 256x32 LCD - IC card sign-in - protective cover
available: gray and silver.
HCS-4368DFK/FM/50 flush-mounted voting unit for
delegate
5 voting keys - 256x32 LCD - IC card sign-in - protective cover
40
HCS-4843NCTKE/50
HCS-4843NDFKE/50
N-series wired voting units
HCS-4368CT_R/50
HCS-4368CT/FM_R/50
HCS-4368NDTE_R/50
HCS-4368NDTE/FM_R/50
HCS-4368DF_R/50
HCS-4368CFK_S/FM/50
HCS-4368NDFE_R/50
HCS-4368NDF/FM_R/50
HCS-4368/50 series wired voting units
Figure 3.2 Wired voting units
41
3.2 HCS-4886/87/88 (G-) series congress unit
3.2.1 Functions and indications
HCS-4886C/50 chairman unit
HCS-4886D/50 and HCS-4887D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4888DE/50 delegate unit
HCS-4886X/50 operator unit
Left side
Back
Right side
Figure 3.3 G-series discussion units
42
3.2.1.1 Front
for “Abstain”;
1. Multi functional keys with indicating light (5
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
keys):
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
™ Start/Stop/Sign-in/Number/Option1/Response--
key to vote for option 4;
Key (“ATTEND/NUMBER/1/--”)
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
a) In key-press sign-in mode, the sign-in indicating
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
light will blink, press this key to sign-in;
key to vote for 75 (“+”).
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
™ Option 5/Response ++ Key (“5/++”)
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
a) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
key to vote for option 1;
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
key to vote for option 5;
key to vote for 0 (“- -”);
b) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
d) Chairman unit: if the system is connected to a
key to vote for 100 (“++”);
PC and if application software is setup for
voting control mode by chairman control, key
™ If not connected to PC, G-series chairman unit can
“5” will blink when clicking “Start voting” button
launch 3 keys voting. Press key “2” to start voting.
in voting interface of application software. The
Once the chairman finished his vote and confirmed
chairman can press this key to enter the voting
that all delegates have voted, he selects key “5” to
status. Once the chairman voted, the indicating
close voting.
light will blink again. After confirmation that all
™ For this series discussion unit (with 256×32 LCD),
delegates voted, the chairman pushes key “5”
these five keys act as functional keys for menu
to close voting. Application software will
operation (refer to section 3.2.4.1 for details).
calculate the voting results.
2. Priority key with indicating light (for the
chairman unit only):
™ Yes/Option 2/Response - Key (“YES/2/-”)
™ According to the priority mode configuration on the
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
main unit:
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
◊
for “Yes”;
If configured as "All mute", all active delegate
and
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
VIP
microphones
will
be
muted
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
temporarily when this key is pressed and they
key to vote for option 2;
will resume when the key is released;
◊
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
If configured as "All off", all active delegate
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
microphones will be switched off when this
key to vote for 25 (“-”).
key is pressed. All active VIP microphones
will be muted temporarily and will resume
™ No/Option 3/Response 0 Key (“NO/3/0”)
when the key is released.
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
™ Under "OPEN" and "Apply" mode, pressing this
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
key will clear the request list (deny all delegates’
for “No”;
requests to speak);
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
™ If the chairman microphone is not active, pressing
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
this key will activate it;
key to vote for option 3;
™ If the ring tone mode is configured as "ON", a ring
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
tone will be produced when this key is pressed,
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
and the indicating light of the priority key will be
key to vote for 50 (“0”).
turned on.
™ Abstain/Option 4/Response + Key (“ABSTAIN/4/+”)
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
43
e. Under “PTT” mode,
3. Microphone On/Off key with indicating light (for
ƒ If the maximal number of active microphones
the chairman unit)
Microphone/request key with indicating light (for
is not reached, pressing and holding this key
the delegate unit):
will activate the microphone, and the indicating
™ Chairman unit: press this key to activate the
light will be turned on; releasing the key after
microphone and the indicating light;
speech will turn off the microphone.
™ Delegate unit:
ƒ If the maximal number of active microphones
a. Under “OVERRIDE” mode, press this key to
has been reached, pressing this key cannot
activate/deactivate the microphone and the
activate the microphone until one of the
indicating light;
activated microphones is switched off.
b. Under “OPEN” mode,
(Refer to section 3.2.4 for details)
ƒ When the number of active microphones does
4. High light 256 x 32 graphic LCD
not reach the limitation, press this key to
™ Can display menu and information in several
activate/deactivate the microphone. When the
languages
microphone is activated, the microphone
Chinese, English, etc.)
On/Off
button
indicating
light
and
the
name will be displayed. (HCS-4887D/50 does not
reaches the limitation, press this key to
to
speak.
Traditional
interpretation channel number and the language
ƒ When the number of active microphones
request
Chinese,
™ If the earphone is plugged, the simultaneous
microphone lamp ring will change to red.
request/cancel
(Simplified
have this function)
When
5. IC card socket
requesting to speak, the microphone On/Off
6. Built-in Hi-Fi loudspeaker
button indicating light will blink in red, and the
™ Mutes automatically to suppress howling when the
microphone lamp ring will change to blue;
microphone of the unit is active or when the
c. Under “Voice” mode,
earphone is inserted.
ƒ When not speaking, the microphone On/Off
™ Loudspeaker sends out floor channel audio only.
button indicating light remains red;
The volume is controlled via the CMU or the
ƒ when speaking, the microphone On/Off button
application software
indicating light and the microphone lamp ring
7. Microphone socket
remain red;
3.2.1.2 Side
d. Under “Apply” mode,
ƒ When the number of active microphones does
8. Earphone jack (Ø 3.5 mm)
not reach the limitation, press this key to
9. Microphone jack (Ø 3.5 mm)
request/cancel request to speak and the
10. Earphone volume control
indicating light will blink when on “request”.
11. Simultaneous interpretation channel selector
The speaking request is approved or rejected
（HCS-4888D/50 does not have this key）
by the chairman unit with control facility, only
™ Available when earphone is plugged
one delegate unit can request at the same
time;
3.2.1.3 Back
ƒ When the number of active microphones
12. 0.6-meter 6P-DIN cable with standard plug
reaches the limitation, none other delegate
(female x 1)
unit can request to speak, the speaking
13. 1.5-meter 6P-DIN cable with standard plug
request is available once one of the activated
(male x 1)
microphones is switched off.
44
3.2.2 Installation
G-series discussion unit can be installed as tabletop or
Note:
flush-mounted.
) For embedded installation, the supporting edge
For flush-mounted:
HCS-4886MP must be ordered separately and
a. Make a recess on the table according to the
fixed onto the unit before delivery.
dimensions in figure 3.4;
b. Drill two Ø 4 mm screw holes at the bottom of the
d. Run the two cables on the back of the discussion
recess according to figure 3.4. The distance between
unit according to the existing mounting feasibilities
the centers of the screw holes is 215 mm;
e. Fix the discussion unit with screws from the
c. Put the discussion unit into the recess until the
bottom. The length of the screws is based on the
decorative sheet can fit with the table-board;
thickness of the table.
Figure 3.4 Installation diagram of G-series discussion unit flush-mounted (unit: mm)
45
3.2.3 Connection
3.2.3.1 Connecting to the CMU or the EMU
The G-series discussion unit is equipped with a
1.5-meter long 6P-DIN cable with a standard male
connector. To connect to the HCS-4100/50 CMU or the
HCS-8300 EMU, just connect the male connector of
the first unit to the output of the main unit.
If there is a long distance between the congress unit
and the CMU (EMU), CBL6PS extension cable can be
used. One end is equipped with a 6P-DIN male
connector and the opposite end with a female
connector. Just connect the female connector of the
cable to the next congress unit, and connect the male
connector to the output of the main unit.
Figure 3.6
Ring connection between the CMU and
G-series discussion units
3.2.3.2 Connection between congress units
All
congress
units
of
HCS-4100/50
FDCS
are
daisy-chained easily and conveniently by dedicated
6P-DIN cables.
When connecting to another congress unit, just
connect the 6P-DIN standard female connector on the
0.6-meter cable of the unit to the 6P-DIN standard male
connector on the1.5-meter cable of the next unit.
Figure 3.5 G-series discussion unit connected to the
CMU or the EMU
Neither the replacement of congress units nor cable
faults between congress units will affect the other units
if “daisy-chain closed-loop” connection topology is
selected. Ring connection, achieved by closing the
loop of the daisy-chained units, increases system
reliability. To obtain “daisy-chain” ring connection, just
connect the last congress unit back to the CMU or the
EMU with a CBL6PP extension cable (the cable
features a 6P-DIN male connector at each end).
Figure 3.7 “Daisy-chain” connection between G-series
discussion units
46
3.2.3.3 External microphone
An external microphone can be connected to the
external microphone jack at the lateral side of the
congress unit. The external microphone shall have a
Ø 3.5 mm plug, as in the following figure:
Functions and indications:
1
Signal+
2
Suspend/Ground
3
Ground
3.2.3.4 External earphone
An external earphone can be connected to the external
earphone jack at the lateral side of the congress unit.
Its volume can be adjusted by the earphone volume
control button. The external earphone shall have a
Ø 3.5 mm plug, as in the following figure:
Functions and indications:
1
Left stereo channel signal
2
Right stereo channel signal
3
Power ground/Shield
47
3.2.4 Operation
Key-press sign-in
In key-press sign-in status, the indicating light on key
Before a meeting starts, the congress units need to be
“Attend/Number/1”
configured by the operator, including: numbering and
will
blink,
press
key
“Attend/Number/1” to sign-in and the indicating light will
testing. During the meeting, the participators use the
be turned off.
congress unit to sign-in, activate microphone, request
to speak, vote, read message, etc.
IC card sign-in（HCS-4888D/50 does not have
this function）
3.2.4.1 Delegate unit
In IC card sign-in status, “Please insert IC card” will be
We take HCS-4886D/50 as an example to introduce
displayed on the LCD. Insert the IC card correctly; a
the operation of the G-series discussion units. The
welcome interface will be displayed. Press any key to
other discussion units of this series feature one or more
go to the initial interface. If the IC card is invalid or
of these functions.
inserted incorrectly, “Invalid IC card” will be displayed
on the LCD. Please insert the IC card correctly or
1. Number
contact the technical support.
First of all, make sure that the congress units are
connected properly to the CMU. All congress units
3. Speaking
must be numbered when the system is used for the first
Speaking mode is configured on the CMU. (refer to
time or when adding or replacing congress units. The
section 2.4)
numbering function can be activated by menu
operation on the CMU front panel or by application
software.
A. “Open” mode
Select “Number” by menu operation from the CMU,
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
press the “MENU” key to confirm. The system now
reached:
goes to numbering status. “Press ’1’ key of all congress
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light and
units one by one and repower” will be displayed on the
the microphone illuminated light ring (red) will be
CMU LCD. The number indicating light of all connected
activated at the same time as the microphone
congress units will blink. All congress units with a LCD
On/Off key is pressed. The speaker can give
will display “Numbering”. Press key “1” of every
his/her speech, the built-in loudspeaker is
congress unit one by one. The number indicating light
muted;
will be deactivated. Once all congress units numbered,
b. The microphone will be deactivated when the
restart the CMU to update the number information.
microphone On/Off key is pressed again. The
microphone On/Off key indicating light and the
Note:
) When
microphone
numbering,
please
number
the
illuminated
light
ring
will
be
deactivated. The built-in loudspeaker will be
conference units one by one and do NOT
activated,
press “number” key of several conference
plugged. If the earphone is plugged, the built-in
units at the same time.
loudspeaker will be deactivated.
presumed
the
earphone
is
not
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
reached:
2. Sign-in (application software needed)
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light will
To carry out voting, discussion units with voting and
blink and the microphone illuminated light ring
IC-Card reader and voting units should be registered
(blue) will be activated when the key is pressed
via key press or IC-card. With application software,
to request to speak;
registration is available by choosing “Seat Sign-in”.
48
b. Press this key again to cancel the request to
c. When the microphone is activated, it can be
speak;
turned off by pressing the microphone On/Off
c. When an active microphone is turned off, the
key.
first request microphone will be activated. At
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
most 6 microphones can request to speak.
reached:
All other microphones cannot be activated unless
one of the active microphones is turned off.
B. “Override” mode
■ Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
D. “Apply” mode
reached:
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light and
a. Request to speak function: when the microphone
the microphone illuminated light ring (red) will be
On/Off key is pressed, a ring tone will be produced
activated at the same time as the microphone
(ring mode has been configured as “ON”). The
On/Off key is pressed. The speaker can give
microphone illuminated light ring (blue) will be
his/her speech, the built-in loudspeaker is
activated. The chairman unit can approve or reject
muted;
his/her request;
b. The microphone will be deactivated when the
b. When his/her request is approved, the microphone
microphone On/Off key is pressed again. The
illuminated light ring will turn red, he/she can speak.
microphone On/Off key indicating light and the
Only one delegate is enabled to speak;
be
c. When the active microphone number limitation is
deactivated. The built-in loudspeaker will be
reached, none other delegate can request unless
activated,
one of the active microphones is turned off.
microphone
illuminated
presumed
the
light
ring
earphone
will
is
not
plugged. If the earphone is plugged, the built-in
loudspeaker will be deactivated.
E. “PTT” mode
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
reached:
reached:
If the microphone On/Off key is pressed, its
a. Press and hold the microphone On/Off button to
microphone will be activated and the first activated
activate the microphone, the microphone active
microphone will be deactivated at the same time to
indicating light and the microphone On/Off
maintain the active microphone number limitation.
button indicating light will be turned on in red.
The speaker can give his/her speech, the built-in
loudspeaker will be muted;
C. “Voice” mode
b. The microphone will be deactivated when this
button is released. The microphone active
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
reached:
indicating light and the microphone On/Off
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light
button indicating light will be deactivated. The
remains on. When the delegate speaks into the
built-in loudspeaker will be activated, presumed
microphone at a short distance, the microphone
the earphone is not plugged. If the earphone is
will be activated. The microphone illuminated
plugged,
light ring will be activated, and the built-in
deactivated.
the
built-in
loudspeaker
will
be
loudspeaker will be deactivated automatically;
b. If the delegate does not speak for several
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
seconds, the microphone will be deactivated
reached:
automatically and the built-in loudspeaker will be
Pressing this key cannot activate the microphone
activated. The interval time can be adjusted at
until one of the activated microphones is switched
the main unit (refer to section 2.4.5);
off.
49
Speaking mode as well as active microphone number
limitation can be configured at the main unit. The
chairman unit and the VIP unit do not count in the
active microphone number limitation. At most 6
ƒ When the earphone is pulled out, the LCD will not
microphones can be activated at the same time in a
display the simultaneous interpretation information
system. VIP units can be assigned by application
anymore, and the built-in loudspeaker will switch to
software - at most 32 VIP units.
A camera
can
focus
an
activated
floor audio channel.
microphone
6. Volume control
automatically (camera position preset by application
software). Speaker’s video can be exported to and
ƒ The volume of the built-in loudspeaker can be
displayed on large screen(s).
adjusted by the master volume control knob on the
main unit;
ƒ When the earphone is plugged, its volume can be
4. Voting
adjusted by the earphone volume control on the
Voting can be originated by the chairman unit (only for
lateral side of the unit. The built-in loudspeaker will
3 keys voting), or by HCS-4100/50 application
be deactivated.
software.
ƒ
ƒ
The voting button indicating lights of the congress
unit start to blink, the delegate can press the voting
7. LCD display (HCS-4888D/50 does not have this
button to vote;
function)
For “First key-press valid” voting, the delegate can
After initialization, the following interface will be
vote only once, and his/her voting indicating lights
displayed on the LCD:
will be deactivated and his/her voted item will be
highlighted on the LCD after his/her voting;
ƒ
For “Last key-press valid” voting, the delegate can
change his/her vote. When the delegate voted, the
A. “Message” (key “1”)
indicating light of his voted key will be activated
and all other indicating lights will be deactivated
ƒ Use this key to read a message. When a PC is
and his/her voted item will be highlighted on the
connected, the operator can edit and send a
LCD. About 1 second later, all indicating lights will
message to congress unit(s).
blink again, and the delegate may change his/her
ƒ On receipt of a message, a ring tone will be
vote. His/her last voted key will be valid.
ƒ
emitted by the built-in loudspeaker and “You have
The voting originated by the chairman unit only
got a new message” will be displayed on its LCD
supports “Last key-press valid”.
and the indicating light of key “5” will blink. Press
key “5” to read the corresponding message.
5.
Channel
select
(HCS-4887D/50
ƒ At most 4 messages can be stored in the congress
and
unit, In case of more incoming messages; the first
HCS-4888D/50 do not have this function)
received message will be overlapped.
ƒ When the CMU is connected to interpretation
B. “Microphone” (key “3”)
unit(s), simultaneous interpretation function will
work. To use the channel selector, an earphone
Use this key to display microphone information,
must be plugged in. When the earphone is plugged,
the
LCD
will
display
the
including:
simultaneous
active
microphone
number
(including
chairman, delegate and VIP), request amount:
interpretation channel number and language name.
The delegate can select a suitable language to
listen to by means of the channel selector.
50
C. “Other” (key “5”)
x Press “Right” (key “3”) to check the rights of this
unit:
Use this key to request intercom, setup LCD display
language and system information:
x Press “About” (key “4”) to display the product
information:
“Call”
The earphone shall be plugged to use the intercom
function. If not, it will remind you to plug the earphone.
If the current unit is using the intercom function, it will
8. VIP unit
remind you that the line is busy. Press “Call” (key “1”) to
use the intercom function, and the following interface at
ƒ Any delegate unit can be assigned as a VIP unit by
the left side is displayed. When the operator approved
the HCS-4100/50 application software. At most 32
your request, then the following interface at the right
VIP units can be assigned;
ƒ As long as the active microphone number does not
side is shown:
exceed 6 (including chairman/delegate/VIP), the
microphone of the VIP unit can be activated freely;
ƒ If the priority mode is configured as “All off”, all
active delegate microphones will be turned off
“Setting”
when the chairman presses his priority key, and all
Press “Setting” (key “3”), and the following interface is
active VIP microphones will be muted temporarily.
shown:
They will restore when the chairman releases his
priority key;
ƒ If the active microphone number reached 6, the
microphone illuminated light ring (blue) will be
activated
ƒ Press “Language” (key “1”) to select the LCD
and
the
microphone
On/Off
key
display language between several languages. The
indicating light will blink when the microphone
range is limited by the configuration in the CMU
On/Off key is pressed. The microphone cannot be
(refer to section 2.4);
turned on unless one of the active microphones is
deactivated.
ƒ Press “Info” (key “3”), and the following interface is
shown:
x Press “Interpretation” (key “1”) to run through
information about all interpretation languages:
51
3.2.4.2 Chairman unit
B. Turn off delegate microphone or reject delegate
The chairman unit features all the functions of a
unit’s request to speak
delegate unit, and the following additional functions:
The initial interface of the chairman unit is shown in the
1. Priority
following figure at the left side. Press the “Microphone”
ƒ If the priority mode on the main unit is configured
(key “3”) to go to the microphone status interface as in
as “All mute”, all active delegate and VIP
the following figure at the right side:
microphones will be muted temporarily when this
key is pressed and they will restore when this key
is released;
ƒ If configured as “All off”, all active delegate
microphones
will
be
turned
off
and
■ Press “Active” (key “1”) to go to the active
the
microphone control interface:
request-to-speak list will be purged (in “Open”
mode and “Apply” mode) when this key is pressed.
All
active
VIP microphones
will
be
muted
temporarily when this key is pressed. They will
restore when this key is released.
If any delegate’s microphone is active, “Cancel all”
(key “2”) will be available and the chairman can
2. Speaking
press this key to deactivate all active delegate’s
ƒ If the number of active microphones in the system
microphone.
is less than 6 (including chairman /delegate /VIP),
■ Press “Applying” (key “3”) to control the “request to
the chairman can activate his/her microphone
speak” interface:
normally, the operation is the same as for the
delegate unit (refer to section 3.2.4.1).
ƒ If the number of active microphones in the system
is 6, the chairman cannot activate his/her
microphone. But he/she can use the “Priority” key
to “All mute” or “All off” other microphones and give
If connected to the PC, “Cancel all” (key “2”) will be
his/her speech.
available and the chairman can press this key to
reject all requests (refer to application software
user’s manual).
3. Controlling delegate unit
A. Approve delegate unit’s request to speak
4. Voting
Under “Apply” mode, when a delegate requests to
A. Without PC
speak, a ring tone will be emitted by the built-in
HCS-4886C/50 chairman unit can originate voting
loudspeaker in the chairman’s unit.
without a PC:
a. In the initial interface of the chairman unit, press the
“Vote” (key “2”) to go to the voting control interface as
shown in the following figure:
The chairman can now approve delegate’s request and
activate delegate’s microphone by pressing key “1” or
reject delegate’s request by pressing key “5”.
Only one delegate can request to speak at one time
and a ring tone will also be emitted by the built-in
loudspeaker. The chairman can use the “Priority” key to
execute “All mute” or “All off” operation.
52
b. If “Yes” is selected, the voting results will be
displayed on the LCDs of all congress units; if “No” is
selected, the voting results will be displayed only on
the LCD of the chairman unit. After selection, the
sign-in indicating light of all congress units will blink.
The delegates can press sign-in key to sign-in. After
sign-in, the voting indicating lights will blink, the
delegate is now enabled to vote:
c. Only 3 keys voting can be executed in case of a
chairman unit originated voting (“Yes/No/Abstain”)
and only “Last key-press valid” is available. The
chairman can pause/end voting:
d. The chairman presses “End” key to finish voting. The
voting indicating light of all congress units will be
deactivated. The voting results and sign-in statistics
will be displayed on the chairman unit:
B. Connected to PC
ƒ When controlled by the application software,
nominative or ballot voting are available;
ƒ “First key-press valid” or “Last key-press valid” are
available;
ƒ Voting can be controlled by application software.
The voting operation of the chairman unit and the
delegate unit are identical. In this mode, voting can
also be controlled by the chairman unit. “Start
voting” indicating light on the chairman unit will
blink. Voting starts once the chairman pressed the
“Start voting” key.
53
3.2.4.3 Operator unit
B. “Setting” (key “3”)
The operator unit is a dedicated unit used by an
operator to control the intercom function. Its initial
Press “Setting” (key “3”), and the following interface
interface is shown in the following figure:
appears:
Intercom function
ƒ Press “Language” (key “1”) to select the LCD
display language between several languages. The
When a contribution unit requests for intercom, the
range is limited by the configuration at the CMU
following interface at the left side will prompt. The
(refer to section 2.4);
operator can accept his/her request and the following
interface at the right side is shown:
C. “About” (key “5”)
The request is accepted by pressing key “1”. The
Press “About” (key “5”) to display the product
corresponding interface is displayed at the right. The
information:
request is refused by pressing key “5”.
Other operation
A. “Status” (key “1”)
Press “Status” (key “1”) to display microphone and
Interpretation information, the following interface will be
shown:
ƒ Press “Mic” (key “1”) to display the microphone
information, including: active microphone number
(including chairman, delegate and VIP), request
amount:
ƒ Press “Interpretation” (key “3”) to run through the
information on all interpretation languages:
54
3.3 HCS-4380/82/70/71 (E-) series congress unit
3.3.1 Functions and indications
HCS-4380SC/50 chairman unit
HCS-4380SD/50 delegate unit
HCS-4380SX/50 operator unit
HCS-4382SD/50 delegate unit
HCS-4370SDE/50 delegate unit
HCS-4371SD/50 delegate unit
55
Left side
Back
Figure 3.8 E-series discussion units
3.3.1.1 Front
1. Earphone volume control
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
2. Multi functional keys with indicating light (5
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
keys):
key to vote for 25 (“-”).
™ Start/Stop/Sign-in/Number/Option1/Response--
™ No/Option 3/Response 0 Key (“NO/3/0”)
Key (“ATTEND/NUMBER/1/--”)
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
a) In key-press sign-in mode, the sign-in indicating
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
light will blink, press this key to sign-in;
for “No”;
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
key to vote for option 1;
key to vote for option 3;
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
key to vote for 0 (“- -”);
key to vote for 50 (“0”).
d) Chairman unit: if the system is connected to a
PC and if application software is setup for
™ Abstain/Option 4/Response + Key (“ABSTAIN/4/+”)
voting control mode by chairman control, key
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
“5” will blink when clicking “Start voting” button
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
in the voting interface of the application
for “Abstain”;
software. The chairman can press this key to
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
enter the voting status. Once the chairman
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
voted, the indicating light will blink again. After
key to vote for option 4;
confirmation that all delegates voted, the
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
chairman pushes key “5” to close voting.
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
Application software will calculate the voting
key to vote for 75 (“+”).
™ Option 5/Response ++ Key (“5/++”)
results.
a) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
™ Yes/Option 2/Response - Key (“YES/2/-”)
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
key to vote for option 5;
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
b) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
for “Yes”;
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
key to vote for 100 (“++”).
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
key to vote for option 2;
56
™ If not connected to PC, the E-series chairman unit
ƒ When the number of active microphones
can launch 3 keys voting. Press key “2” to start
reaches the limitation, press this key to
voting. Once the chairman finished his vote and
request/cancel
confirmed that all delegates have voted, he selects
requesting to speak, the microphone On/Off
key “5” to close voting.
button indicating light will blink in red, and the
™ For this series discussion unit (with 256×32 LCD),
When
ƒ when not speaking, the microphone On/Off
button indicating light remains red;
3. Priority key with indicating light (for the
ƒ when speaking, the microphone On/Off button
chairman unit only):
indicating light and the microphone lamp ring
™ According to the priority mode configuration at the
remain red;
main unit:
◊
speak.
c. Under “VOICE” mode,
operation (refer to section 3.3.4.1 for details).
d. Under “APPLY” mode,
If configured as “All mute”, all active delegate
and
to
microphone lamp ring will change to blue;
these five keys act as functional keys for menu
◊
request
VIP
microphones
will
be
muted
ƒ When the number of active microphones does
temporarily when this key is pressed and they
not reach the limitation, press this key to
will resume when the key is released;
request/cancel request to speak and the
If configured as “All off”, all active delegate
indicating light will blink when on “request”.
microphones will be switched off when this
The speaking request is approved or rejected
key is pressed. All active VIP microphones
by the chairman unit with control facility, only
will be muted temporarily and will resume
one delegate unit can request at the same
when the key is released.
time;
™ Under “OPEN” and "Apply" mode, pressing this
ƒ When the number of active microphones
key will clear the request list (deny all delegates’
reaches the limitation, none other delegate
requests to speak);
unit can request to speak, the speaking
™ If the chairman microphone is not active, pressing
request is available once one of the activated
this key will activate it;
microphones is switched off.
™ If the ring tone mode is configured as “ON”, a ring
e. Under "PTT" mode,
tone will be produced when this key is pressed,
ƒ If the maximal number of active microphones
and the indicating light of the priority key will be
is not reached, pressing and holding this key
turned on.
will activate the microphone, and the indicating
light will be turned on; releasing the key after
4. Microphone On/Off key with indicating light (for
speech will turn off the microphone.
the chairman unit)
ƒ If the maximal number of active microphones
Microphone/request key with indicating light (for
the delegate unit):
has been reached, pressing this key cannot
™ Chairman unit: press this key to activate the
activate the microphone until one of the
microphone and the indicating light;
activated microphones is switched off.
™ Delegate unit:
(Refer to section 3.3.4 for details)
a. Under “OVERRIDE” mode, press this key to
5. Microphone On/Off key indicating light (red)
activate/deactivate the microphone and the
™ The
indicating light;
remains
on
when
the
™ The indicating light will blink on “request”;
ƒ When the number of active microphones does
™ Under “Voice” mode, the indicating light remains
not reach the limitation, press this key to
on;
activate/deactivate the microphone. When the
™ The indicating light remains on when the priority
microphone is activated, the microphone
button
light
microphone is activated;
b. Under “OPEN” mode,
On/Off
indicating
indicating
light
and
key is pressed.
the
6. Simultaneous interpretation channel selector
microphone lamp ring will change to red.
™ Available when the earphone is plugged
57
7. Simultaneous interpretation channel number
display
8. IC card socket
9. Built-in Hi-Fi loudspeaker
™ Mutes automatically to suppress howling when the
microphone of the unit is active or when the
earphone is inserted.
™ Loudspeaker sends out floor channel audio only.
The volume is controlled via the CMU or the
application software.
10. High light 256 x 32 graphic LCD
™ Can display menu and information in several
languages
(Simplified
Chinese,
Traditional
Chinese, English, etc.)
11. Microphone socket
3.3.1.2 Side
12. Microphone jack (Ø 3.5 mm)
13. Earphone jack (Ø 3.5 mm)
3.3.1.3 Back
14. 0.6-meter 6P-DIN cable with standard plug
(female x 1)
15. 1.5-meter 6P-DIN cable with standard plug
(male x 1)
58
3.3.2 Installation
c.
Run the two cables on the back of discussion
E-series discussion unit can be installed as tabletop or
unit according to the mounting feasibilities
flush-mounted.
existing on site
For flush-mounted:
a.
b.
d.
Put the discussion unit into the recess and fix it
Make a recess in the table according to the
with screws from the bottom. The length of the
dimensions in figure 3.9;
screws is based on the thickness of the table.
Drill two Ø 4 mm screw holes at the bottom of the
recess according to figure 3.9. The distance
between the centers of the screw holes is 80 mm;
Figure 3.9 Installation diagram of E-series discussion unit flush-mounted (unit: mm)
59
3.3.3 Connection
3.3.3.1 Connecting to the CMU or the EMU
The E-series discussion unit is equipped with a
1.5-meter long 6P-DIN cable with a standard male
connector. To connect to the HCS-4100/50 CMU or the
HCS-8300 EMU, just connect the male connector of
the first unit to the output of the main unit.
If there is a long distance between the congress unit
and the CMU (EMU), CBL6PS extension cable can be
used. One end is equipped with a 6P-DIN male
connector and the opposite end with a female
connector. Just connect the female connector of the
cable to the next congress unit, and connect the male
Figure 3.11 Ring connection between the CMU and
connector to the output of the main unit.
E-series discussion units
3.3.3.2 Connection between congress units
All
congress
units
of
HCS-4100/50
FDCS
are
daisy-chained easily and conveniently by dedicated
6P-DIN cables.
When connecting to another congress unit, just
connect the 6P-DIN standard female connector on the
0.6-meter cable of the unit to the 6P-DIN standard male
connector on the 1.5-meter cable of the next unit.
Figure 3.10 E-series discussion unit connected to the
CMU or the EMU
Neither the replacement of congress units nor cable
faults between congress units will affect the other units
if “daisy-chain closed-loop” connection topology is
selected. Ring connection, achieved by closing the
loop of the daisy-chained units, increases system
reliability. To obtain “daisy-chain” ring connection, just
connect the last congress unit back to the CMU or the
EMU with a CBL6PP extension cable (the cable
features a 6P-DIN male connector at each end).
Figure 3.12 “Daisy-chain” connection between E-series
discussion units
60
3.3.3.3 External microphone
An external microphone can be connected to the
external microphone jack at the lateral side of the
congress unit. The external microphone shall have a
Ø 3.5 mm plug, as in the following figure:
Functions and indications:
1
Signal+
2
Suspend/Ground
3
Ground
3.3.3.4 External earphone
An external earphone can be connected to the external
earphone jack at the lateral side of the congress unit.
Its volume can be adjusted by the earphone volume
control button. The external earphone shall have a
Ø 3.5 mm plug, as in the following figure:
Functions and indications:
1
Left stereo channel signal
2
Right stereo channel signal
3
Power ground/Shield
61
3.3.4 Operation
Key-press sign-in (HCS-4371SD/50 does not
Before a meeting starts, the congress units need to be
have this function)
configured by the operator, including: numbering and
testing. During the meeting, the participators use the
In key-press sign-in status, the indicating light on key
congress unit to sign-in, activate microphone, request
“1” will blink, press key “1” to sign-in and the indicating
to speak, vote, read message, etc.
light will be turned off.
IC
3.3.4.1 Delegate unit
card
sign-in
(HCS-4371SD/50
and
HCS-4382SD/50 do not have this function)
We take HCS-4380SD/50 as an example to introduce
ƒ Congress unit with LCD
the operation of E-series discussion units. The other
In IC card sign-in status, “Please insert IC card” will
discussion units of this series feature one or more of
be displayed on the LCD. Insert the IC card correctly;
these functions.
a welcome interface will be displayed.
Press any key to go to the initial interface. If the IC
card is invalid or inserted incorrectly, “Invalid IC card”
1. Number
will be displayed on the LCD. Please insert the IC
First of all, make sure that the congress units are
card correctly or contact the technical support.
connected properly to the CMU. All congress units
ƒ Congress unit without LCD
must be numbered when the system is used for the first
In IC card sign-in status, “Cd” will be displayed on
time or when adding or replacing congress units. The
the SI channel display. Insert the IC card correctly;
numbering function can be activated by menu
channel number “00” will be displayed. If the IC card
operation on the CMU front panel or by application
is invalid or inserted incorrectly, “Er” will be displayed
software.
on the SI channel display. Please insert the IC card
Select “Number” by menu operation from the CMU,
correctly or contact the technical support.
press the “MENU” key to confirm. The system now
goes to numbering status. “Press ’1’ key of all congress
units one by one and repower” will be displayed on the
3. Speaking
CMU LCD. The number indicating light of all connected
Speaking mode is configured on the CMU. (refer to
congress units will blink. All congress units with a LCD
section 2.4)
will display “Numbering”. Press key “1” (microphone
A. “Open” mode
On/Off key for HCS-4371SD/50) of every congress unit
one by one. The number indicating light will be
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
deactivated. Once all congress units numbered, restart
reached:
the CMU to update the number information.
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light and
the microphone illuminated light ring (red) will be
activated at the same time as the microphone
Note:
) When
numbering,
please
number
On/Off key is pressed. The speaker can give
the
his/her speech, the built-in loudspeaker is
conference units one by one and do NOT
muted;
press “number” key of several conference
b. The microphone will be deactivated when the
units at the same time.
microphone On/Off key is pressed again. The
microphone On/Off key indicating light and the
microphone
2. Sign-in (application software needed)
illuminated
light
ring
will
be
deactivated. The built-in loudspeaker will be
To carry out voting, discussion units with voting and
activated,
IC-Card reader and voting units should be registered
presumed
the
earphone
is
not
plugged. If the earphone is plugged, the built-in
via key press or IC-card. With application software,
loudspeaker will be deactivated.
registration is available by choosing “Seat Sign-in”.
62
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
b. If the delegate does not speak for several
reached:
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light will
seconds, the microphone will be deactivated
blink and the microphone illuminated light ring
automatically and the built-in loudspeaker will be
(blue) will be activated when the key is pressed
activated. The interval time can be adjusted from
to request to speak;
the main unit (refer to section 2.4);
b. Press this key again to cancel the request to
c. When the microphone is activated, pressing the
speak;
microphone On/Off key turns it off.
c. When an active microphone is turned off, the
first request microphone will be activated. At
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
most 6 microphones can request to speak.
reached:
All other microphones cannot be activated unless
one of the active microphones is turned off.
B. “Override” mode
■ Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
D. “Apply” mode
reached:
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light and
a. Request to speak function: when the microphone
the microphone illuminated light ring (red) will be
On/Off key is pressed, a ring tone will be produced
activated at the same time as the microphone
(ring mode has been configured as “ON”). The
On/Off key is pressed. The speaker can give
microphone illuminated light ring (blue) will be
his/her speech, the built-in loudspeaker is
activated. The chairman unit can approve or reject
muted;
his/her request;
b. The microphone will be deactivated when the
b. When his/her request is approved, the microphone
microphone On/Off key is pressed again. The
illuminated light ring will turn red, he/she can speak.
microphone On/Off key indicating light and the
Only one delegate is enabled to speak;
be
c. When the active microphone number limitation is
deactivated. The built-in loudspeaker will be
reached, none other delegate can request unless
activated,
one of the active microphones is turned off.
microphone
illuminated
presumed
the
light
ring
earphone
will
is
not
plugged. If the earphone is plugged, the built-in
loudspeaker will be deactivated.
E. “PTT” mode
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
reached:
reached:
If the microphone On/Off key is pressed, its
a. Press and hold the microphone On/Off button to
microphone will be activated and the first activated
activate the microphone, the microphone active
microphone will be deactivated at the same time to
indicating light and the microphone On/Off button
maintain the active microphone number limitation.
indicating light will turn red. The speaker can give
his/her speech, the built-in loudspeaker will be
muted;
b. The microphone will be deactivated when this
C. “Voice” mode
button is released. The microphone active
Active microphone amount limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
indicating light and the microphone On/Off
reached:
button indicating light will be deactivated. The
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light
built-in loudspeaker will be activated, presumed
remains on. When the delegate speaks into the
the earphone is not plugged. If the earphone is
microphone at a short distance, the microphone
plugged,
will be activated. The microphone illuminated
the
deactivated.
light ring will be activated, and the built-in
loudspeaker will be deactivated automatically;
63
built-in
loudspeaker
will
be
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
plugged in. When the earphone is plugged, the
reached:
backlight of the channel select display lights up.
Pressing this key cannot activate the microphone
The delegate can select a suitable language to
until one of the activated microphones is switched
listen to by means of the channel selector.
off.
ƒ When the earphone is pulled out, the backlight of
the channel select display will extinguish and the
The speaking mode as well as the active microphone
built-in loudspeaker will switch to floor audio
number limitation can be configured at the main unit.
channel.
The chairman unit and the VIP unit do not count in the
active microphone number limitation. At most 6
6. Volume control
microphones can be activated at the same time in a
ƒ The volume of the built-in loudspeaker can be
system. VIP units can be assigned by application
adjusted by the master volume control knob on the
software - at most 32 VIP units.
main unit;
A camera
can
focus
an
activated
microphone
ƒ When the earphone is plugged, its volume can be
automatically (camera position preset by application
adjusted by the earphone volume control at the top
software). Speaker’s video can be exported to and
of the unit. The built-in loudspeaker will be
displayed on large screen(s).
deactivated.
4. Voting (HCS-4371SD/50 has no this function)
7.
LCD
display
(HCS-4370SD/50
and
HCS-4371SD/50 do not have this function)
Voting can be originated by the chairman unit (only for
3 keys voting), or by the HCS-4100/50 application
After initialization, the following interface will be
software.
displayed on the LCD:
ƒ
The voting button indicating lights of the congress
unit start to blink, the delegate can press voting
button to vote;
ƒ
For “First key-press valid” voting, the delegate can
A. “Message” (key “1”)
vote only once, and his/her voting indicating lights
will be deactivated and his/her voted item will be
ƒ
ƒ Use this key to read a message. When a PC is
highlighted on the LCD after his/her voting;
connected, the operator can edit and send a
For “Last key-press valid” voting, the delegate can
message to congress unit(s).
change his/her vote. When the delegate voted, the
ƒ On receipt of a message, a ring tone will be
indicating light of his voted key will be activated
emitted by the built-in loudspeaker and “You have
and all other indicating lights will be deactivated
got a new message” will be displayed on its LCD
and his/her voted item will be highlighted on the
and the indicating light of key “5” will blink. Press
LCD. About 1 second later, all indicating lights will
key “5” to read the corresponding message.
blink again, and the delegate can change his/her
ƒ
ƒ At most 4 messages can be stored in the congress
vote. His/her last voted key will be valid.
unit, In case of more incoming messages, the first
The voting originated by the chairman unit only
received message will be overlapped.
supports “Last key-press valid”.
B. “Microphone” (key “3”)
5.
Channel
select
(HCS-4371SD/50
and
Use this key to display microphone information,
HCS-4382SD/50 do not have this function)
including:
ƒ When the CMU is connected to interpretation
active
microphone
number
(including
chairman, delegate and VIP), request amount:
unit(s), simultaneous interpretation function will
work and the channel selector will be activated. To
use the channel selector, an earphone must be
64
C. “Other” (key “5”)
Use this key to request intercom, setup LCD display
x Press “Right” (key “3”) to check the rights of this
language and system information:
unit:
■ “Call”
x Press “About” (key “4”) to display the product
The earphone shall be plugged to use the intercom
information:
function. If not, it will remind you to plug the earphone.
If the current unit is using the intercom function, it will
remind you that the line is busy. Press “Call” (key “1”) to
use the intercom function, and the following interface at
the left side is shown. When the operator approved
your request, then the following interface at the right
8. VIP unit
side is shown:
ƒ Any delegate unit can be assigned as a VIP unit by
the HCS-4100/50 application software. At most 32
VIP units can be assigned;
ƒ As long as the active microphone number does not
■ “Setting”
exceed 6 (including chairman/delegate/VIP), the
Press “Setting” (key “3”), and the following interface is
microphone of the VIP unit can be activated freely;
ƒ If the priority mode is configured as “All off”, all
shown:
active delegate microphones will be turned off
when the chairman presses his priority key, and all
active VIP microphones will just be muted
temporarily. They will restore when the chairman
releases his priority key;
ƒ Press “Language” (key “1”) to select the LCD
display language between several languages. The
ƒ If the active microphone number reached 6, the
range is limited by the configuration in the CMU
microphone illuminated light ring (blue) will be
(refer to section 2.4);
activated
and
the
microphone
On/Off
key
indicating light will blink when the microphone
On/Off key is pressed. The microphone cannot be
turned on unless one of the active microphones is
deactivated.
ƒ Press “Info” (key “3”), and the following interface is
shown:
x Press “Interpretation” (key “1”) to run through
information about all interpretation languages:
65
3.3.4.2 Chairman unit
B. Turn off delegate microphone or reject delegate
The chairman unit features all functions of a delegate
unit’s request to speak
unit, and the following additional functions:
The initial interface of the chairman unit is shown in the
1. Priority
following figure at the left side. Press the “Microphone”
ƒ If the priority mode on the main unit is configured
(key “3”) to go to the microphone status interface as in
as “All mute”, all active delegate and VIP
the following figure at the right side:
microphones will be muted temporarily when this
key is pressed and they will restore when this key
is released;
ƒ If configured as “All off”, all active delegate
microphones
will
be
turned
off
and
■ Press “Active” (key “1”) to go to the active
the
microphone control interface:
request-to-speak list will be purged (in “Open”
mode and “Apply” mode) when this key is pressed.
All
active
VIP microphones
will
be
muted
temporarily when this key is pressed. They will
restore when this key is released.
If any delegate’s microphone is active, “Cancel all”
(key “2”) will be available and the chairman can
2. Speaking
press this key to deactivate all active delegate’s
ƒ If the number of active microphones in the system
microphone.
■ Press “Applying” (key “3”) to control the “request to
is less than 6 (including chairman /delegate /VIP),
speak” interface:
the chairman can activate his/her microphone
normally, the operation is the same as for the
delegate unit (refer to section 3.3.4.1).
ƒ If the number of active microphones in the system
is 6, the chairman cannot activate his/her
microphone. But he/she can use the “Priority” key
If connected to the PC, “Cancel all” (key “2”) will be
to “All mute” or “All off” other microphones and give
available and the chairman can press this key to
his/her speech.
reject all requests (refer to application software
user’s manual).
3. Controlling delegate unit
4. Voting
A. Approve delegate unit’s request to speak
A. Without PC
Under “APPLY” mode, when a delegate requests to
speak, a ring tone will be emitted by the built-in
HCS-4380SC/50 chairman unit can originate voting
loudspeaker in the chairman’s unit.
without a PC:
a. In the initial interface of the chairman unit, press
“Vote” (key “2”) to go to the voting control interface as
shown in the following figure:
The chairman can now approve delegate’s request and
activate delegate’s microphone by pressing key “1” or
reject delegate’s request by pressing key “5”.
Only one delegate can request to speak at one time
b. If “Yes” is selected, the voting results will be
and a ring tone will also be emitted by the built-in
displayed on the LCDs of all congress units; if “No” is
loudspeaker. The chairman can use the “Priority” key to
selected, the voting results will be displayed only on
execute “All mute” or “All off” operation.
the LCD of the chairman unit. After selection, the
66
sign-in indicating light of all congress units will blink.
The delegates can press the sign-in key to sign-in.
After sign-in, the voting indicating lights will blink, the
delegate is now enabled to vote:
c. Only 3 keys voting can be executed in case of a
chairman unit originated voting (“Yes/No/Abstain”)
and only “Last key-press valid” is available. The
chairman can pause/end voting:
d. The chairman presses “End” key to finish voting. The
voting indicating light of all congress units will be
deactivated. The voting results and sign-in statistics
will be displayed on the chairman unit:
B. Connected to PC
ƒ When controlled by the application software,
nominative or ballot voting are available;
ƒ “First key-press valid” or “Last key-press valid” are
available;
ƒ The voting can be controlled by application
software. The voting operation of the chairman unit
and the delegate unit are identical. In this mode,
the voting can also be controlled by the chairman
unit. The “Start voting” indicating light on the
chairman unit will blink. Voting starts once the
chairman pressed the “Start voting” key.
67
3.3.4.3 Operator unit
B. “Setting” (key “3”)
The Operator unit is a dedicated unit used by an
operator to control the intercom function. Its initial
Press “Setting” (key “3”), and the following interface
interface is shown in the following figure:
appears:
ƒ Press “Language” (key “1”) to select the LCD
display language between several languages. The
Intercom function
range is limited by the configuration in the CMU
When a contribution unit requests for intercom, the
(refer to section 2.4);
following interface at the left side will prompt. The
operator can accept his/her the request and the
following interface at the right side will be shown:
C. “About” (key “5”)
Press “About” (key “5”) to display product information:
The request is accepted by pressing key “1”. The
corresponding interface is displayed at the right. The
request is refused by pressing key “5”.
Other operation
A. “Status” (key “1”)
Press “Status” (key “1”) to display the microphone and
Interpretation information, the following interface will be
shown:
ƒ Press “Mic” (key “1”) to display the microphone
information, including: active microphone number
(including chairman, delegate and VIP), request
amount:
ƒ Press “Interpretation” (key “3”) to run through the
information on all interpretation languages:
68
3.4 HCS-4365/66 (Q-) series congress unit
3.4.1 Functions and indications
HCS-4365C/50 chairman unit
HCS-4365D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4366DE/50 delegate unit
Front view
69
Protective cover
Figure 3.13
Q-series discussion units
3.4.1.1 Front
1. Earphone jack (Ø 3.5 mm)
b. Under “OPEN” mode,
2. Priority key with indicating light (for the
ƒ When the number of active microphones does
chairman unit only):
™ According to the priority mode configuration on the
not reach the limitation, press this key to
main unit:
◊
activate/deactivate the microphone. When the
If configured as “All mute”, all active delegate
microphone is activated, the microphone
and
On/Off
VIP
microphones
will
be
muted
temporarily when this key is pressed and they
indicating
light
and
the
microphone lamp ring will change to red.
will resume when the key is released;
◊
button
ƒ When the number of active microphones
If configured as “All off”, all active delegate
reaches the limitation, press this key to
microphones will be switched off when this
request/cancel the request to speak. When
key is pressed. All active VIP microphones
requesting to speak, the microphone On/Off
will be muted temporarily and will resume
button indicating light will blink in red, and the
when the key is released.
microphone lamp ring will change to blue;
™ Under “OPEN” and "Apply" mode, pressing this
c. Under “VOICE” mode,
key will clear the request list (deny all delegates’
ƒ When not speaking, the microphone On/Off
requests to speak);
button indicating light remains red;
™ If the chairman microphone is not active, pressing
ƒ When speaking, the microphone On/Off button
this key will activate it;
indicating light and the microphone lamp ring
™ If the ring tone mode is configured as “ON”, a ring
remain red;
d. Under “APPLY” mode,
tone will be produced when this key is pressed,
ƒ When the number of active microphones does
and the indicating light of the priority key will be
not reach the limitation, press this key to
turned on.
request/cancel the request to speak and the
3. Microphone On/Off key with indicating light (for
the chairman unit)
indicating light will blink when on “request”.
Microphone/request key with indicating light (for
The speaking request is approved or rejected
the delegate unit):
by the chairman unit with control facility, only
™ Chairman unit: press this key to activate the
one delegate unit can request at the same
time;
microphone and the indicating light;
ƒ When the number of active microphones
™ Delegate unit:
a. Under “OVERRIDE” mode, press this key to
reaches the limitation, none other delegate
activate/deactivate the microphone and the
unit can request to speak, the speaking
indicating light;
request is available once one of the activated
microphones is switched off.
70
e. Under "PTT" mode,
™ No/Option 3/Response 0 Key (“NO/3/0”)
ƒ If the maximal number of active microphones
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
is not reached, pressing and holding this key
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
will activate the microphone, and the indicating
for “No”;
light will be turned on; releasing the key after
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
speech will turn off the microphone.
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
ƒ If the maximal number of active microphones
key to vote for option 3;
has been reached, pressing this key cannot
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
activate the microphone until one of the
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
activated microphones is switched off.
key to vote for 50 (“0”)
(Refer to section 3.4.4 for details)
™ Abstain/Option 4/Response + Key (“ABSTAIN/4/+”)
4. Earphone volume control
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
5. Multi functional keys with indicating light (5
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
keys):
for “Abstain”;
™ Start/Stop/Sign-in/Number/Option1/Response--
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
Key (“ATTEND/NUMBER/1/--”)
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
a) In key-press sign-in mode, the sign-in indicating
key to vote for option 4;
light will blink, press this key to sign-in;
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
key to vote for 75 (“+”).
key to vote for option 1;
™ Option 5/Response ++ Key (“5/++”)
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
a) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
key to vote for 0 (“- -”);
key to vote for option 5;
d) Chairman unit: if the system is connected to a
b) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
PC and if application software is setup for
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
voting control mode by chairman control, key
key to vote for 100 (“++”);
“5” will blink when clicking the “Start voting”
™ For the Q series chairman unit (with 256×32 LCD)
button in the voting interface of the application
not connected to a PC, press key “2” to start voting.
software. The chairman can press this key to
Once the chairman finished his vote and confirmed
enter the voting status. Once the chairman
that all delegates have voted, he selects key “5” to
voted, the indicating light will blink again. After
close voting. The voting results will be displayed
confirmation that all delegates voted, the
on the LCD.
chairman pushes key “5” to close voting.
™ For this series discussion unit (with 256×32 LCD),
Application software will calculate the voting
these five keys act as functional keys for menu
results.
operation (refer to section 3.4.4.1 for details).
™ Yes/Option 2/Response - Key (“YES/2/-”)
6. Built-in Hi-Fi loudspeaker
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
™ Mutes automatically to suppress howling when the
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
microphone of the unit is active or when the
for “Yes”;
earphone is inserted.
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
™ Loudspeaker sends out floor channel audio only.
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
The volume is controlled via the CMU or the
key to vote for option 2;
application software.
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
7. High light 256 x 32 graphic LCD
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
™ Can display menu and information in several
key to vote for 25 (“-”).
languages
(Simplified
Chinese, English, etc.)
71
Chinese,
Traditional
8. IC card socket
9. Simultaneous interpretation channel selector
™ Available when the earphone is plugged
10. Simultaneous interpretation channel number
display
11. Microphone socket
12. Microphone jack (Ø 3.5 mm)
3.4.1.2 Bottom
13. 1.5-meter 6P-DIN cable with standard plug
(male x 1)
14. 0.6-meter 6P-DIN cable with standard plug
(female x 1)
72
3.4.2 Installation
3.4.2.1 Installation of Q-series discussion unit
Figure 3.14 Dimensional diagram of Q-series discussion unit (unit: mm)
73
Figure 3.17 Position of discussion unit and loudspeaker
3.4.2.2 Installation of the protective cover of the
3.4.2.3 Dismounting the protective cover of
Q-series discussion unit
Q-series discussion unit
If not in use for a long time, just pull out the microphone
A vacuum cup is needed to dismount the protective cover.
and hook up the magnetic protective cover:
Seize the protective cover with the vacuum cup and pull it
from the discussion unit.
Figure 3.19 Dismounting the protective cover of Q-series
discussion unit
Figure 3.18 Installation diagram of the protective cover
of Q-series discussion unit
74
3.4.3 Connection
3.4.3.1 Connecting to the CMU or the EMU
The Q-series discussion unit is equipped with a
1.5-meter long 6P-DIN cable with a standard male
connector. To connect to the HCS-4100/50 CMU or the
HCS-8300 EMU, just connect the male connector of
the first unit to the output of the main unit.
If there is a long distance between the congress unit
and the CMU (EMU), CBL6PS extension cable can be
used. One end is equipped with a 6P-DIN male
connector and the opposite end with a female
connector. Just connect the female connector of the
cable to the next congress unit, and connect the male
Figure 3.21 Ring connection between the CMU and
connector to the output of the main unit.
Q-series discussion units
3.4.3.2 Connection between congress units
All
congress
units
of
HCS-4100/50
FDCS
are
daisy-chained easily and conveniently by dedicated
6P-DIN cables.
When connecting to another congress unit, just
connect the 6P-DIN standard female connector on the
0.6-meter cable of the unit to the 6P-DIN standard male
connector on the 1.5-meter cable of the next unit.
Figure 3.20
Q-series discussion unit connected to the
CMU or the EMU
Neither the replacement of congress units nor cable
faults between congress units will affect the other units
if “daisy-chain closed-loop” connection topology is
selected. Ring connection, achieved by closing the
loop of the daisy-chained units, increases system
reliability. To obtain “daisy-chain” ring connection, just
connect the last congress unit back to the CMU or the
EMU with a CBL6PP extension cable (the cable
features a 6P-DIN male connector at each end).
Figure 3.22 “Daisy-chain” connection between Q-series
discussion units
75
3.4.3.3 External microphone
An external microphone can be connected to the
external microphone jack at the lateral side of the
congress unit. The external microphone shall have a
Ø 3.5 mm plug, as in the following figure:
Functions and indications:
1
Signal+
2
Suspend/Ground
3
Ground
3.4.3.4 External earphone
An external earphone can be connected to the external
earphone jack at the top of the congress unit. Its
volume can be adjusted by the earphone volume
control button. The external earphone shall have a
Ø 3.5 mm plug, as in the following figure:
Functions and indications:
1
Left stereo channel signal
2
right stereo channel signal
3
Power ground/Shield
76
3.4.4 Operation
Key-press sign-in
Before a meeting starts, the congress units need to be
configured by the operator, including: numbering and
In key-press sign-in status, the indicating light on key
testing. During the meeting, the participators use the
“1” will blink, press key “1” to sign-in and the indicating
congress unit to sign-in, activate microphone, request
light will be turned off.
to speak, vote, read message, etc.
IC card sign-in
3.4.4.1 Delegate unit
ƒ Congress unit with LCD
We take HCS-4365D/50 as an example to introduce
In IC card sign-in status, “Please insert IC card” will
the operation of the Q-series discussion units. The
be displayed on the LCD. Insert the IC card correctly,
operation
to
a welcome interface will be displayed. Press any key
HCS-4365D/50 except that HCS-4366D/50 does not
to go to the initial interface. If the IC card is invalid or
have a LCD.
inserted incorrectly, “Invalid IC card” will be displayed
of
HCS-4366D/50
is
identical
on the LCD. Please insert the IC card correctly or
contact the technical support.
1. Number
ƒ Congress unit without LCD
First of all, make sure that the congress units are
In IC card sign-in status, “Cd” will be displayed on
connected properly to the CMU. All congress units
the SI channel display. Insert the IC card correctly,
must be numbered when the system is used for the first
the channel number “00” will be displayed. If the IC
time or when adding or replacing congress units. The
card is invalid or inserted incorrectly, “Er” will be
numbering function can be activated by menu
displayed on the SI channel display. Please insert
operation on the CMU front panel or by application
the IC card correctly or contact the technical support.
software.
Select “Number” by menu operation from the CMU,
press the “MENU” key to confirm, following the system
3. Speaking
goes to numbering status. “Press ’1’ key of all congress
Speaking mode is configured on the CMU. (refer to
units one by one and repower” will be displayed on the
section 2.4)
CMU LCD. The number indicating light of all connected
A. “Open” mode
congress units will blink. All congress units with a LCD
will display “Numbering”. Press key “1” of all congress
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
units one by one. The number indicating light will be
reached:
deactivated. Once all congress units numbered, restart
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light and
the CMU to update the number information.
the microphone illuminated light ring (red) will be
activated at the same time as the microphone
Note:
) When
numbering,
please
number
On/Off key is pressed. The speaker can give
the
his/her speech, the built-in loudspeaker is
conference units one by one and do NOT
muted;
press “number” key of several conference
b. The microphone will be deactivated when the
units at the same time.
microphone On/Off key is pressed again. The
microphone On/Off key indicating light and the
microphone
2. Sign-in (application software needed)
illuminated
light
ring
will
be
deactivated. The built-in loudspeaker will be
To carry out voting, discussion units with voting and
activated,
IC-Card reader and voting units should be registered
presumed
the
earphone
is
not
plugged. If the earphone is plugged, the built-in
via key press or IC-card. With application software,
loudspeaker will be deactivated.
registration is available by choosing “Seat Sign-in”.
77
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
b. If the delegate does not speak for several
reached:
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light will
seconds, the microphone will be deactivated
blink and the microphone illuminated light ring
automatically and the built-in loudspeaker will be
(blue) will be activated when the key is pressed
activated. The interval time can be adjusted at
to request to speak;
the main unit (refer to section 2.4);
b. Press this key again to cancel the request to
c. When the microphone is activated, pressing the
speak;
microphone On/Off key turns it off.
c. When an active microphone is turned off, the
first request microphone will be activated. At
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
most 6 microphones can request to speak.
reached:
All other microphones cannot be activated unless
one of the active microphones is turned off.
B. “Override” mode
■ Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
D. “Apply” mode
reached:
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light and
a. Request to speak function: when the microphone
the microphone illuminated light ring (red) will be
On/Off key is pressed, a ring tone will be produced
activated at the same time as the microphone
(the ring mode has been configured as “ON”). The
On/Off key is pressed. The speaker can give
microphone illuminated light ring (blue) will be
his/her speech, the built-in loudspeaker is
activated. The chairman unit can approve or reject
muted;
his/her request;
b. The microphone will be deactivated when the
b. When his/her request is approved, the microphone
microphone On/Off key is pressed again. The
illuminated light ring will turn red, he/she can speak.
microphone On/Off key indicating light and the
Only one delegate is enabled to speak;
be
c. When the active microphone number limitation is
deactivated. The built-in loudspeaker will be
reached, none other delegate can request unless
activated,
one of the active microphones is turned off.
microphone
illuminated
presumed
the
light
ring
earphone
will
is
not
plugged. If the earphone is plugged, the built-in
loudspeaker will be deactivated.
E. “PTT” mode
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
reached:
reached:
If the microphone On/Off key is pressed, its
a. Press and hold the microphone On/Off button to
microphone will be activated and the first activated
activate the microphone, the microphone active
microphone will be deactivated at the same time to
indicating light and the microphone On/Off
maintain the active microphone number limitation.
button indicating light will turn red. The speaker
can give his/her speech, the built-in loudspeaker
will be muted;
C. “Voice” mode
b. The microphone will be deactivated when this
button is released. The microphone active
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
reached:
indicating light and the microphone On/Off
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light
button indicating light will be deactivated. The
remains on. When the delegate speaks into the
built-in loudspeaker will be activated, presumed
microphone at a short distance, the microphone
the earphone is not plugged. If the earphone is
will be activated. The microphone illuminated
plugged,
light ring will be activated, and the built-in
deactivated.
loudspeaker will be deactivated automatically;
78
the
built-in
loudspeaker
will
be
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
backlight of the channel select display lights up.
reached:
The delegate can select a suitable language to
Pressing this key cannot activate the microphone
listen to by means of the channel selector.
until one of the activated microphones is switched
ƒ When the earphone is pulled out, the backlight of
off.
the channel select display will extinguish and the
built-in loudspeaker will switch to floor audio
The speaking mode as well as the active microphone
channel.
number limitation can be configured at the main unit.
The chairman unit and the VIP unit do not count in the
6. Volume control
active microphone number limitation. At most 6
microphones can be activated at the same time in a
ƒ The volume of the built-in loudspeaker can be
system. VIP units can be assigned by application
adjusted by the master volume control knob on the
main unit;
software - at most 32 VIP units.
microphone
ƒ When the earphone is plugged, its volume can be
automatically (camera position preset by application
adjusted by the earphone volume control at the top
software). Speaker’s video can be exported to and
of the unit.
displayed on large screen(s).
The built-in loudspeaker will be deactivated.
A camera
can
focus
an
activated
7. LCD display (HCS-4366D/50 does not have this
4. Voting
function)
The voting can be originated by the chairman unit (only
for 3 keys voting), or by the HCS-4100/50 application
After initialization, the following interface will be
software.
displayed on the LCD:
ƒ
The voting button indicating lights of the congress
unit start to blink, the delegate can press voting
button to vote;
ƒ
For “First key-press valid” voting, the delegate can
A. “Message” (key “1”)
vote only once, and his/her voting indicating lights
ƒ Use this key to read a message. When a PC is
will be deactivated and his/her voted item will be
ƒ
highlighted on the LCD after his/her voting;
connected, the operator can edit and send a
For “Last key-press valid” voting, the delegate can
message to the congress unit(s).
change his/her vote. When the delegate voted, the
ƒ On receipt of a message, a ring tone will be
indicating light of his voted key will be activated
emitted by the built-in loudspeaker and “You have
and all other indicating lights will be deactivated
got a new message” will be displayed on its LCD
and his/her voted item will be highlighted on the
and the indicating light of key “5” will blink. Press
LCD. About 1 second later, all indicating lights will
key “5” to read the corresponding message.
ƒ At most 4 messages can be stored in the congress
blink again, and the delegate can change his/her
ƒ
vote. His/her last voted key will be valid.
unit, In case of more incoming messages; the first
The voting originated by the chairman unit only
received message will be overlapped.
supports “Last key-press valid”.
B. “Microphone” (key “3”)
5. Channel select
Use this key to display microphone information,
including:
ƒ When the CMU is connected to interpretation
active
microphone
number
(including
chairman, delegate and VIP), request amount:
unit(s), simultaneous interpretation function will
work and the channel selector will be activated. To
use the channel selector, an earphone must be
plugged in. When the earphone is plugged, the
79
C. “Other” (key “5”)
Use this key to request intercom, setup LCD display
x Press “Right” (key “3”) to check the rights of this
language and system information:
unit:
■ “Call”
x Press “About” (key “4”) to display product
The earphone shall be plugged to use the intercom
information:
function. If not, it will remind you to plug the earphone.
If the current unit is using the intercom function, it will
remind you that the line is busy. Press “Call” (key “1”) to
use the intercom function, and the following interface at
the left side is shown. When the operator approved
your request, then the following interface at the right
8. VIP unit
side is shown:
ƒ Any delegate unit can be assigned as VIP unit by
HCS-4100/50 application software. At most 32 VIP
units can be assigned;
ƒ As long as the active microphone number does not
■ “Setting”
exceed 6 (including chairman/delegate/VIP), the
Press “Setting” (key “3”), and the following interface is
microphone of the VIP unit can be activated freely;
ƒ If the priority mode is configured as “All off”, all
shown:
active delegate microphones will be turned off
when the chairman presses his priority key, and all
active VIP microphones will just be muted
temporarily. They will restore when the chairman
releases his priority key;
ƒ Press “Language” (key “1”) to select the LCD
display language between several languages. The
ƒ If the active microphone number reached 6, the
range is limited by the configuration in the CMU
microphone illuminated light ring (blue) will be
(refer to section 2.4);
activated
and
the
microphone
On/Off
key
indicating light will blink when the microphone
On/Off key is pressed. The microphone cannot be
turned on unless one of the active microphones is
deactivated.
ƒ Press “Info” (key “3”), and the following interface is
shown:
x Press “Interpretation” (key “1”) to run through
information about all interpretation languages:
80
3.4.4.2 Chairman unit
B. Turn off delegate microphone or reject delegate
The chairman features the functions of a delegate unit,
unit’s request to speak
and the following additional functions:
The initial interface of the chairman unit is shown in the
1. Priority
following figure at the left side. Press “Microphone”
ƒ If the priority mode on the main unit is configured
(key “3”) to go to the microphone status interface as in
as “All mute”, all active delegate and VIP
the following figure at the right side:
microphones will be muted temporarily when this
key is pressed and they will restore when this key
is released;
ƒ If configured as “All off”, all active delegate
microphones
will
be
turned
off
and
Press “Active” (key “1”) to go to the active
the
microphone control interface:
request-to-speak list will be purged (in “Open”
mode and “Apply” mode) when this key is pressed.
All
active
VIP microphones
will
be
muted
temporarily when this key is pressed. They will
restore when this key is released.
If any delegate’s microphone is active, “Cancel all”
(key “2”) will be available and the chairman can
2. Speaking
press this key to deactivate all active delegate’s
ƒ If the number of active microphones in the system
microphone.
Press “Applying” (key “3”) to go to control the
is less than 6 (including chairman /delegate /VIP),
“request to speak” interface:
the chairman can activate his/her microphone
normally, the operation is the same as for the
delegate unit (refer to section 3.4.4.1).
ƒ If the number of active microphones in the system
is 6, the chairman cannot activate his/her
microphone. But he/she can use the “Priority” key
If connected to a PC, “Cancel all” (key “2”) will be
to “All mute” or “All off” other microphones and give
available and the chairman can press this key to
his/her speech.
reject all requests (refer to application software
user’s manual).
3. Controlling delegate unit
4. Voting
A. Approve delegate unit’s request to speak
A. Without PC
Under “Apply” mode, when a delegate requests to
speak, a ring tone will be emitted by the built-in
The HCS-4365C/50 chairman unit can originate voting
loudspeaker in the chairman’s unit.
without a PC:
a. In the initial interface of the chairman unit, press
“Vote” (key “2”) to go to the voting control interface as
in the following figure:
The chairman can now approve delegate’s request and
activate delegate’s microphone by pressing key “1” or
reject delegate’s request by pressing key “5”.
Only one delegate can request to speak at one time
b. If “Yes” is selected, the voting results will be
and a ring tone will also be emitted by the built-in
displayed on the LCDs of all congress units; if “No” is
loudspeaker. The chairman can use the “Priority” key to
selected, the voting results will be displayed only on
execute “All mute” or “All off” operation.
the LCD of the chairman unit. After selection, the
81
sign-in indicating light of all congress units will blink.
The delegates can press the sign-in key to sign-in.
After sign-in, the voting indicating lights will blink, the
delegate is now enabled to vote:
c. Only 3 keys voting can be executed in case of a
chairman unit originated voting (“Yes/No/Abstain”)
and only “Last key-press valid” is available. The
chairman can pause/end voting:
d. The chairman presses “End” key to finish voting. The
voting indicating light of all congress units will be
deactivated. The voting results and sign-in statistics
will be displayed on the chairman unit:
B. Connected to PC
ƒ When
controlled
by
application
software,
nominative or ballot voting are available;
ƒ “First key-press valid” or “Last key-press valid” are
available;
ƒ Voting can be controlled by application software.
The voting operation of the chairman unit and the
delegate unit are identical. In this mode, the voting
can also be controlled by the chairman unit. The
“Start voting” indicating light on the chairman unit
will blink. Voting starts once the chairman pressed
the “Start voting” key.
82
3.5 HCS-4360/61/62/63 (M-) series congress unit
3.5.1 Functions and indications
HCS-4360CE/50 chairman unit
HCS-4360DE/50 delegate unit
HCS-4361DE/50 delegate unit
HCS-4362D/50 delegate unit
HCS-4363D/50 delegate unit
Right side
Protective cover
Figure 3.23
M-series discussion units
83
3.5.1.1 Front
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
1. Earphone jack (Ø 3.5 mm)
key to vote for 75 (“+”).
2. Simultaneous interpretation channel - selector
™ Start/Stop/Option 5/Response ++ Key
™ Available when the earphone is plugged
(“START/STOP/5/++”)
3. Simultaneous interpretation channel number
a) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
display
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
4. Simultaneous interpretation channel + selector
key to vote for option 5;
™ Available when the earphone is plugged
b) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
5. 5 voting keys with indicating light:
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
™ Sign-in/Number/Option1/Response--Key
key to vote for 100 (“++”);
(“ATTEND/NUMBER/1/--”)
c) Chairman unit: if the system is connected to a
a) In key-press sign-in mode, the sign-in indicating
PC and if application software is setup for the
light will blink, press this key to sign-in;
voting control mode by chairman control, key
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
“5” will blink when clicking the “Start voting”
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
button in the voting interface of the application
key to vote for option 1;
software. The chairman can press this key to
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
enter the voting status. Once the chairman
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
voted, the indicating light will blink again. After
key to vote for 0 (“- -”).
confirmation that all delegates voted, the
™ Yes/Option 2/Response - Key (“YES/2/-”)
chairman pushes key “5” to close voting.
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
Application software will calculate the voting
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
results.
for “Yes”;
6. Microphone On/Off key with indicating light (for
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
the chairman unit)
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
Microphone/request key with indicating light (for
key to vote for option 2;
the delegate unit):
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
™ Chairman unit: press this key to activate the
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
microphone and the indicating light;
key to vote for 25 (“-”).
™ Delegate unit:
™ No/Option 3/Response 0 Key (“NO/3/0”)
a. Under “OVERRIDE” mode, press this key to
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
activate/deactivate the microphone and the
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
indicating light;
for “No”;
b. Under “OPEN” mode,
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
ƒ When the number of active microphones does
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
not reach the limitation, press this key to
key to vote for option 3;
activate/deactivate the microphone. When the
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
microphone is activated, the microphone
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
On/Off
key to vote for 50 (“0”)
microphone lamp ring will change to red.
button
indicating
light
and
the
™ Abstain/Option 4/Response + Key (“ABSTAIN/4/+”)
ƒ When the number of active microphones
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
reaches the limitation, press this key to
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
request/cancel
for “Abstain”;
requesting to speak, the microphone On/Off
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
request
to
speak.
When
button indicating light will blink in red, and the
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
microphone lamp ring will change to blue;
key to vote for option 4;
84
c. Under “VOICE” mode,
™ Under “OPEN” and "Apply" mode, pressing this
ƒ When not speaking, the microphone On/Off
key will clear the request list (deny all delegates’
button indicating light remains red;
requests to speak);
ƒ When speaking, the microphone On/Off button
™ If the chairman microphone is not active, pressing
indicating light and the microphone lamp ring
this key will activate it;
remain red;
™ If the ring tone mode is configured as “ON”, a ring
d. Under “APPLY” mode,
tone will be produced when this key is pressed,
ƒ When the number of active microphones does
and the indicating light of the priority key will be
not reach the limitation, press this key to
turned on.
request/cancel the request to speak and the
10. Built-in Hi-Fi loudspeaker
indicating light will blink when on “request”.
™ Mutes automatically to suppress howling when the
The speaking request is approved or rejected
microphone of the unit is active or when the
by the chairman unit with control facility, only
earphone is inserted.
one delegate unit can request at the same
™ Loudspeaker sends out floor channel audio only.
time;
The volume is controlled via the CMU or the
ƒ When the number of active microphones
application software.
reaches the limitation, none other delegate
3.5.1.2 Side
unit can request to speak, the speaking
request is available once one of the activated
11. Earphone volume control
microphones is switched off.
12. 0.6-meter 6P-DIN cable with standard plug
e. Under "PTT" mode,
(female x 1)
ƒ If the maximal number of active microphones
13. 1.5-meter 6P-DIN cable with standard plug
is not reached, pressing and holding this key
(male x 1)
will activate the microphone, and the indicating
light will be turned on; releasing the key after
speech will turn off the microphone.
ƒ If the maximal number of active microphones
has been reached, pressing this key cannot
activate the microphone until one of the
activated microphones is switched off.
(Refer to section 3.5.4 for details)
7. IC card socket
8. Microphone socket
9. Priority key with indicating light (for the
chairman unit only):
™ According to the priority mode configuration on the
main unit:
◊
If configured as “All mute”, all active delegate
and
VIP
microphones
will
be
muted
temporarily when this key is pressed and they
will resume when the key is released;
◊
If configured as “All off”, all active delegate
microphones will be switched off when this
key is pressed. All active VIP microphones
will be muted temporarily and will resume
when the key is released.
85
3.5.2 Installation
3.5.2.2 Installation of the protective cover of
M-series discussion unit
3.5.2.1 Installation of M-series discussion unit
If not in use for a long time, just pull out the microphone
a. Cut a hole in the table according to the dimensions
and put on the protective cover:
in figure 3.24;
a. Hook up the protective cover on the left side;
b. Put the discussion unit into the hole and drill four
b. Then press the protective cover tightly on the right
Ø 2 mm holes with 10 mm depth at the positions
side.
P1 to P4 of the fixing screws;
c. Run the two cables - mounted laterally on the
discussion unit - according to the mounting
feasibilities existing on site.
d. Put the discussion unit into the hole and fix it with
screws at P1, P2, P3 and P4.
Figure 3.26 Installation diagram of the protective cover
of M-series discussion unit
Figure 3.24
Fixing hole positioning diagram of
3.5.2.3 Dismounting the protective cover of the
M-series discussion unit (unit: mm)
M-series discussion unit
a. Prepare a straight screwdriver;
b. Insert the straight screwdriver into the gap at the
right lower side of the protective cover and rotate
the screwdriver by 90 degrees, the protective
cover will be separated from the congress unit.
Figure 3.25 Flush-mounted installation diagram of the
M-series discussion unit
Figure 3.27 Dismounting the protective cover of
M-series discussion unit
86
3.5.3 Connection
3.5.3.1 Connecting to the CMU or the EMU
The M-series discussion unit is equipped with a
1.5-meter long 6P-DIN cable with a standard male
connector. To connect to the HCS-4100/50 CMU or the
HCS-8300 EMU, just connect the male connector of
the first unit to the output of the main unit.
If there is a long distance between the congress unit
and the CMU (EMU), CBL6PS extension cable can be
used. One end is equipped with a 6P-DIN male
connector and the opposite end with a female
connector. Just connect the female connector of the
cable to the next congress unit, and connect the male
Figure 3.29 Ring connection between the CMU and
connector to the output of the main unit.
M-series discussion units
3.5.3.2 Connection between congress units
All
congress
units
of
HCS-4100/50
FDCS
are
daisy-chained easily and conveniently by dedicated
6P-DIN cables.
When connecting to another congress unit, just
connect the 6P-DIN standard female connector on the
0.6-meter cable of the unit to the 6P-DIN standard male
connector on the 1.5-meter cable of the next unit.
Figure 3.28
M-series discussion unit connected to the
CMU or the EMU
Neither the replacement of congress units nor cable
faults between congress units will affect the other units
if “daisy-chain closed-loop” connection topology is
selected. Ring connection, achieved by closing the
loop of the daisy-chained units, increases system
reliability. To obtain “daisy-chain” ring connection, just
connect the last congress unit back to the CMU or the
EMU with a CBL6PP extension cable (the cable
features a 6P-DIN male connector at each end).
Figure 3.30 “Daisy-chain” connection between M-series
discussion units
87
3.5.3.3 External earphone
An external earphone can be connected to the external
earphone jack at the top of the congress unit. Its
volume can be adjusted by the earphone volume
control button. The external earphone shall have a
Ø 3.5 mm plug, as in the following figure:
Functions and indications:
1
Left stereo channel signal
2
Right stereo channel signal
3
Power ground/Shield
88
3.5.4 Operation
2. Sign-in (application software needed)
Before a meeting starts, the congress units need to be
configured by the operator, including: numbering and
To carry out voting, discussion units with voting and
testing. During the meeting, the participators can use
IC-Card reader and voting units should be registered
the congress unit to sign-in, activate microphone,
via key press or IC-card. With application software,
request to speak, vote, etc.
registration is available by choosing “Seat Sign-in”.
3.5.4.1 Delegate unit
Key-press
sign-in
(HCS-4362D/50
and
HCS-4363D/50 do not have this function)
We take HCS-4360D/50 as an example to introduce
the operation of M-series discussion units. The other
In key-press sign-in status, the indicating light on key
discussion units of this series feature one or more of
“1” will blink, press key “1” to sign-in and the indicating
these functions.
light will be turned off.
1. Number
IC card sign-in (HCS-4361DE/50, HCS-4362D/50
and HCS-4363D/50 do not have this function)
First of all, make sure that the congress units are
In IC card sign-in status, “Cd” will be displayed on
connected properly to the CMU. All congress units
the SI channel display. Insert the IC card correctly;
must be numbered when the system is used for the first
channel number “00” will be displayed. If the IC card
time or when adding or replacing congress units. The
is invalid or inserted incorrectly, “Er” will be displayed
numbering function can be activated by menu
on the SI channel display. Please insert the IC card
operation on the CMU front panel or by application
correctly or contact the technical support.
software.
Select “Number” by menu operation from the CMU,
press the “MENU” key to confirm, following the system
3. Speaking
goes to numbering status. “Press ’1’ key of all congress
Speaking mode is configured on the CMU. (refer to
units one by one and repower” will be displayed on the
section 2.4)
CMU LCD. The number indicating light of all connected
A. “Open” mode
congress units will blink. Press key “Sign-in/Number” of
all congress units one by one. The number indicating
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
light will be deactivated. Once all congress units
reached:
numbered, restart the CMU to update the number
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light and
information.
the microphone illuminated light ring (red) will be
activated at the same time as the microphone
On/Off key is pressed. The speaker can give
Note:
) When
numbering,
please
number
his/her speech, the built-in loudspeaker is
the
muted;
conference units one by one and do NOT
b. The microphone will be deactivated when the
press “number” key of several conference
microphone On/Off key is pressed again. The
units at the same time.
microphone On/Off key indicating light and the
microphone
illuminated
light
ring
will
be
deactivated. The built-in loudspeaker will be
activated,
presumed
the
earphone
is
not
plugged. If the earphone is plugged, the built-in
loudspeaker will be deactivated.
89
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
b. If the delegate does not speak for several
reached:
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light will
seconds, the microphone will be deactivated
blink and the microphone illuminated light ring
automatically and the built-in loudspeaker will be
(blue) will be activated when the key is pressed
activated. The interval time can be adjusted at
to request to speak;
the main unit (refer to section 2.4);
b. Press this key again to cancel the request to
c. When the microphone is activated, pressing the
speak;
microphone On/Off key turns it off.
c. When an active microphone is turned off, the
first request microphone will be activated. At
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
most 6 microphones can request to speak.
reached:
All other microphones cannot be activated unless
one of the active microphones is turned off.
B. “Override” mode
■ Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
D. “Apply” mode
reached:
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light and
a. Request to speak function: when the microphone
the microphone illuminated light ring (red) will be
On/Off key is pressed, a ring tone will be produced
activated at the same time as the microphone
(ring mode has been configured as “ON”). The
On/Off key is pressed. The speaker can give
microphone illuminated light ring (blue) will be
his/her speech, the built-in loudspeaker is
activated. The chairman unit can approve or reject
muted;
his/her request;
b. The microphone will be deactivated when the
b. When his/her request is approved, the microphone
microphone On/Off key is pressed again. The
illuminated light ring will turn red, he/she can speak.
microphone On/Off key indicating light and the
Only one delegate is enabled to speak;
be
c. When the active microphone number limitation is
deactivated. The built-in loudspeaker will be
reached, none other delegate can request unless
activated,
one of the active microphones is turned off.
microphone
illuminated
presumed
the
light
ring
earphone
will
is
not
plugged. If the earphone is plugged, the built-in
loudspeaker will be deactivated.
E. “PTT” mode
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
reached:
reached:
If the microphone On/Off key is pressed, its
a. Press and hold the microphone On/Off button to
microphone will be activated and the first activated
activate the microphone, the microphone active
microphone will be deactivated at the same time to
indicating light and the microphone On/Off
maintain the active microphone number limitation.
button indicating light will turn red. The speaker
can give his/her speech, the built-in loudspeaker
will be muted;
b. The microphone will be deactivated when this
C. “Voice” mode
button is released. The microphone active
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
indicating light and the microphone On/Off
reached:
button indicating light will be deactivated. The
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light
built-in loudspeaker will be activated, presumed
remains on. When the delegate speaks into the
the earphone is not plugged. If the earphone is
microphone at a short distance, the microphone
plugged,
will be activated. The microphone illuminated
the
deactivated.
light ring will be activated, and the built-in
loudspeaker will be deactivated automatically;
90
built-in
loudspeaker
will
be
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
plugged in. When the earphone is plugged, the
reached:
backlight of the channel select display lights up.
Pressing this key cannot activate the microphone
The delegate can select a suitable language to
until one of the activated microphones is switched
listen to by means of the channel selector.
off.
ƒ When the earphone is pulled out, the backlight of
the channel select display will extinguish and the
The speaking mode as well as the active microphone
built-in loudspeaker will switch to floor audio
number limitation can be configured at the main unit.
channel.
The chairman unit and the VIP unit do not count in the
active microphone number limitation. At most 6
6. Volume control
microphones can be activated at the same time in a
ƒ The volume of the built-in loudspeaker can be
system. VIP units can be assigned by application
adjusted by the master volume control knob on the
software - at most 32 VIP units.
main unit;
A camera
can
focus
an
activated
microphone
ƒ When the earphone is plugged, its volume can be
automatically (camera position preset by application
adjusted by the earphone volume control on the
software). Speaker’s video can be exported to and
lateral side of the unit. The built-in loudspeaker will
displayed on large screen(s).
be deactivated.
4. Voting (HCS-4362D/50 and HCS-4363D/50 do not
7. VIP unit
have this function)
ƒ Any delegate unit can be assigned as VIP unit by
Voting can be originated by HCS-4100/50 application
HCS-4100/50 application software. At most 32 VIP
software.
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
units can be assigned;
The voting button indicating lights of the congress
ƒ As long as the active microphone number does not
unit start to blink, the delegate can press the voting
exceed 6 (including chairman/delegate/VIP), the
button to vote;
microphone of the VIP unit can be activated freely;
For “First key-press valid” voting, the delegate can
ƒ If the priority mode is configured as “All off”, all
vote only once, and his/her voting indicating lights
active delegate microphones will be turned off
will be deactivated and his/her voted item will be
when the chairman presses his priority key, and all
highlighted on the LCD after his/her voting;
active VIP microphones will just be muted
For “Last key-press valid” voting, the delegate can
temporarily. They will restore when the chairman
change his/her vote. When the delegate voted, the
releases his priority key;
indicating light of his voted key will be activated
ƒ If the active microphone number reached 6, the
and all other indicating lights will be deactivated
microphone illuminated light ring (blue) will be
and his/her voted item will be highlighted on the
activated
LCD. About 1 second later, all indicating lights will
indicating light will blink when the microphone
blink again, and the delegate can change his/her
On/Off key is pressed. The microphone cannot be
vote. His/her last voted key will be valid.
turned on unless one of the active microphones is
The voting originated by the chairman unit only
deactivated.
supports “Last key-press valid”.
5.
Channel
selector
(HCS-4361DE/50
and
HCS-4363D/50 do not have this function)
ƒ When the CMU is connected to interpretation
unit(s), simultaneous interpretation function will
work and the channel selector will be activated. To
use the channel selector, an earphone must be
91
and
the
microphone
On/Off
key
3.5.4.2 Chairman unit
The chairman unit features all the functions of a
B. Turn off or mute delegate microphone
delegate unit, and the following additional functions:
The chairman can use the “Priority” key to execute “All
mute” or “All off” operation.
1. Priority
ƒ If the priority mode on the main unit is configured
as “All mute”, all active delegate and VIP
4. Voting
microphones will be muted temporarily when this
HCS-4360C/50 chairman unit cannot originate voting
key is pressed and they will restore when this key
without a PC:
is released;
ƒ When
ƒ If configured as “All off”, all active delegate
microphones
will
be
turned
off
and
VIP microphones
will
be
application
software,
ƒ “First key-press valid” or “Last key-press valid” are
available;
mode and “Apply” mode) when this key is pressed.
active
by
nominative or ballot voting are available;
the
request-to-speak list will be purged (in “Open”
All
controlled
ƒ Voting can be controlled by application software.
muted
Voting operation of the chairman unit and the
temporarily when this key is pressed. They will
delegate unit are identical. In this mode, voting can
restore when this key is released.
also be controlled by the chairman unit. The “Start
voting” indicating light on the chairman unit will
blink. Voting starts once the chairman pressed the
2. Speaking
“Start voting” key.
ƒ If the number of active microphones in the system
is less than 6 (including chairman /delegate /VIP),
the chairman can activate his/her microphone
normally, the operation is the same as for the
delegate unit (refer to section 3.5.4.1).
ƒ If the number of active microphones in the system
is 6, the chairman cannot activate his/her
microphone. But he/she can use the “Priority” key
to “All mute” or “All off” other microphones and give
his/her speech.
3. Controlling delegate unit
A. Approve delegate unit’s request to speak
Under “Apply” mode, when a delegate requests to
speak, a ring tone will be emitted by the built-in
loudspeaker in the chairman’s unit.
The chairman can now approve delegate’s request and
activate delegate’s microphone by pressing the
microphone on/off key or reject delegate’s request by
pressing the priority key.
Only one delegate can request to speak at one time
and a ring tone will also be emitted by the built-in
loudspeaker.
92
3.6 HCS-4330/31/32/33/35 (D-) series congress unit
3.6.1 Functions and indications
HCS-4330CE/50 chairman unit
HCS-4330DE/50 delegate unit
Back of HCS-4330/4332 /50
HCS-4332DE/50 delegate unit
Left side view of HCS-4330/4332 /50
Right side view of HCS-4330/50
Figure 3.31 D-series congress units（HCS-4330/4332 /50）
93
HCS-4331CB/50 chairman unit
HCS-4331DB/50 delegate unit
HCS-4333CB/50 chairman unit
HCS-4333DB/50 delegate unit
HCS-4335D/50 delegate unit
Back of HCS-4331/4333/4335 /50
94
Left side view of HCS-4331/4333/4335 /50
Right side view of HCS-4331/4333/4335 /50
Figure 3.32 D-series congress units（HCS-4331/4333/4335 /50）
3.6.1.1 Front
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
1. Priority key with indicating light (for the
for “Yes”;
chairman unit only):
™ According to the priority mode configuration on the
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
main unit:
◊
and
◊
key to vote for option 2;
If configured as “All mute”, all active delegate
VIP
microphones
will
be
muted
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
temporarily when this key is pressed and they
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
will resume when the key is released;
key to vote for 25 (“-”).
If configured as “All off”, all active delegate
™ No/Option 3/Response 0 Key (“NO/3/0”)
microphones will be switched off when this
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
key is pressed. All active VIP microphones
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
will be muted temporarily and will resume
for “No”;
when the key is released.
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
™ Under “OPEN” and "Apply" mode, pressing this
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
key will clear the request list (deny all delegates’
key to vote for option 3;
requests to speak);
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
™ If the chairman microphone is not active, pressing
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
this key will activate it;
key to vote for 50 (“0”)
™ If the ring tone mode is configured as “ON”, a ring
™ Abstain/Option 4/Response + Key (“ABSTAIN/4/+”)
tone will be produced when this key is pressed,
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
and the indicating light of the priority key will be
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
turned on.
for “Abstain”;
2. 5 voting keys with indicating light
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
™ Sign-in/Number/Option1/Response--Key
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
(“ATTEND/NUMBER/1/--”)
key to vote for option 4;
a) In key-press sign-in mode, the sign-in indicating
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
light will blink, press this key to sign-in;
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
key to vote for 75 (“+”).
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
™ Start/Stop/Option 5/Response ++ Key
key to vote for option 1;
(“START/STOP/5/++”)
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
a) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
key to vote for 0 (“- -”).
key to vote for option 5;
™ Yes/Option 2/Response - Key (“YES/2/-”)
b) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
95
key to vote for 100 (“++”);
by the chairman unit with control facility, only
c) Chairman unit: if the system is connected to a
one delegate unit can request at the same
PC and if the application software is setup for
time;
voting control mode by chairman control, key
ƒ When the number of active microphones
“5” will blink when clicking the “Start voting”
reaches the limitation, none other delegate
button in the voting interface of the application
unit can request to speak, the speaking
software. The chairman can press this key to
request is available once one of the activated
enter voting status. Once the chairman voted,
microphones is switched off.
the indicating light will blink again. After
e. Under "PTT" mode,
confirmation that all delegates voted, the
ƒ If the maximal number of active microphones
chairman pushes key “5” to close voting.
is not reached, pressing and holding this key
Application software will calculate the voting
will activate the microphone, and the indicating
results.
light will be turned on; releasing the key after
speech will turn off the microphone.
3. Microphone On/Off key with indicating light (for
ƒ If the maximal number of active microphones
the chairman unit)
Microphone/request key with indicating light (for
has been reached, pressing this key cannot
the delegate unit):
activate the microphone until one of the
1. Chairman unit: press this key to activate the
activated microphones is switched off.
microphone and the indicating light;
(refer to section 3.6.3 for details)
2. Delegate unit:
4. Simultaneous interpretation channel selector
a. Under “OVERRIDE” mode, press this key to
™ Available when the earphone is plugged
activate/deactivate the microphone and the
5. Simultaneous interpretation channel number
indicating light;
display
b. Under “OPEN” mode,
6. Built-in Hi-Fi loudspeaker
ƒ When the number of active microphones does
™ Mutes automatically to suppress howling when the
not reach the limitation, press this key to
microphone of the unit is active or when the
activate/deactivate the microphone. When the
earphone is inserted.
microphone is activated, the microphone
On/Off
button
indicating
light
and
™ Loudspeaker sends out floor channel audio only.
the
The volume is controlled via the CMU or the
microphone lamp ring will change to red.
application software.
ƒ When the number of active microphones
7. Microphone socket
reaches the limitation, press this key to
8. Indicating light for timing speaking
request/cancel
9. Indicating light for request to speak
request
to
speak.
When
requesting to speak, the microphone On/Off
3.6.1.2 Back
button indicating light will blink in red, and the
microphone lamp ring will change to blue;
10. 2.1-meter 6P-DIN cable with standard plug
c. Under “VOICE” mode,
(male x 1)
ƒ When not speaking, the microphone On/Off
11. 6P-DIN standard plug (female x 1)
button indicating light remains red;
ƒ When speaking, the microphone On/Off button
3.6.1.3 Side
indicating light and the microphone lamp ring
12. Earphone jack (Ø 3.5 mm)
remain red;
13. Earphone volume control
d. Under “APPLY” mode,
14. IC card socket
ƒ When the number of active microphones does
not reach the limitation, press this key to
request/cancel the request to speak and the
indicating light will blink when on “request”.
The speaking request is approved or rejected
96
3.6.2 Connection
3.6.2.1 Connecting to the CMU or the EMU
The Q-series discussion unit is equipped with a
2.1-meter long 6P-DIN cable with a standard male
connector. To connect to the HCS-4100/50 CMU or the
HCS-8300 EMU, just connect the male connector of
the first unit to the output of the main unit.
If there is a long distance between the congress unit
and the CMU (EMU), CBL6PS extension cable can be
used. One end is equipped with a 6P-DIN male
connector and the opposite end with a female
connector. Just connect the female connector of the
Figure 3.34 Ring connection between the CMU and
cable to the next congress unit, and connect the male
D-series discussion units
connector to the output of the main unit.
3.6.2.2 Connection between congress units
All
congress
units
of
HCS-4100/50
FDCS
are
daisy-chained easily and conveniently by dedicated
6P-DIN cables.
When connecting to another congress unit, just
connect the 6P-DIN standard male connector on the
2.1-meter cable of the next unit to the 6P-DIN standard
female socket of this unit.
Figure 3.33 D-series discussion unit connected to the
CMU or the EMU
Neither the replacement of congress units nor cable
faults between congress units will affect the other units
if “daisy-chain closed-loop” connection topology is
selected. Ring connection, achieved by closing the
loop of the daisy-chained units, increases system
reliability. To obtain “daisy-chain” ring connection, just
connect the last congress unit back to the CMU or the
EMU with a CBL6PP extension cable (the cable
features a 6P-DIN male connector at each end).
Figure 3.35 “Daisy-chain” connection between D-series
discussion units
97
3.6.2.3 External earphone
An external earphone can be connected to the external
earphone jack at the lateral side of the congress unit.
Its volume can be adjusted by the earphone volume
control button. The external earphone shall have a
Ø 3.5 mm plug, as the following figure:
Functions and indications:
1
Left stereo channel signal
2
Right stereo channel signal
3
Power ground/Shield
98
3.6.3 Operation
2. Sign-in (application software needed)
Before a meeting starts, the congress units need to be
configured by the operator, including: numbering and
To carry out voting, discussion units with voting and
testing. During the meeting, the participators can use
IC-Card reader and voting units should be registered
the congress unit to sign-in, activate microphone,
via key press or IC-card. With application software,
request to speak, vote, etc.
registration is available by choosing “Seat Sign-in”.
3.6.3.1 Delegate unit
Key-press sign-in (HCS-4331/50, HCS-4333/50
and HCS-4335D/50 do not have this function)
We take HCS-4330D/50 as an example to introduce
the operation of D-series discussion units. The other
In key-press sign-in status, the indicating light on key
discussion units of this series feature one or more of
“1” will blink, press key “1” to sign-in and the indicating
these functions.
light will be turned off.
1. Number
IC card sign-in (HCS-4331/50, HCS-4332D/50,
HCS-4333/50 and HCS-4335D/50 do not have this
First of all, make sure that all the congress units are
function)
connected properly to the CMU. All congress units
must be numbered when the system is used for the first
In IC card sign-in status, “Cd” will be displayed on
time or when adding or replacing congress units. The
the SI channel display. Insert the IC card correctly;
numbering function can be activated by menu
channel number “00” will be displayed. If the IC card
operation on the CMU front panel or by application
is invalid or inserted incorrectly, “Er” will be displayed
software.
on the SI channel display. Please insert the IC card
Select “Number” by menu operation from the CMU,
correctly or the contact technical support.
press the “MENU” key to confirm, following the system
goes to numbering status. “Press ’1’ key of all congress
3. Speaking
units one by one and repower” will be displayed on the
CMU LCD. The number indicating light of all connected
Speaking mode is configured on the CMU (refer to
congress units will blink. Press key “1” (microphone
section 2.4).
On/Off key for discussion units) of all congress units
A. “Open” mode
one by one. The number indicating light will be
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
deactivated. Once all congress units numbered, restart
reached:
the CMU to update the number information.
d. The microphone On/Off key indicating light and
the microphone illuminated light ring (red) will be
activated at the same time as the microphone
Note:
the
On/Off key is pressed. The speaker can give
conference units one by one and do NOT
his/her speech, the built-in loudspeaker is
press “number” key of several conference
muted;
) When
numbering,
please
number
e. The microphone will be deactivated when the
units at the same time.
microphone On/Off key is pressed again. The
microphone On/Off key indicating light and the
microphone
illuminated
light
ring
will
be
deactivated. The built-in loudspeaker will be
activated,
presumed
the
earphone
is
not
plugged. If the earphone is plugged, the built-in
loudspeaker will be deactivated.
99
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
b. If the delegate does not speak for several
reached:
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light will
seconds, the microphone will be deactivated
blink and the microphone illuminated light ring
automatically and the built-in loudspeaker will be
(blue) will be activated when the key is pressed
activated. The interval time can be adjusted at
to request to speak;
the main unit (refer to section 2.4);
b. Press this key again to cancel the request to
c. When the microphone is activated, pressing the
speak;
microphone On/Off key turns it off.
c. When an active microphone is turned off, the
first request microphone will be activated. At
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
most 6 microphones can request to speak.
reached:
All other microphones cannot be activated unless
one of the active microphones is turned off.
B. “Override” mode
■ Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
D. “Apply” mode
reached:
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light and
a. Request to speak function: when the microphone
the microphone illuminated light ring (red) will be
On/Off key is pressed, a ring tone will be produced
activated at the same time as the microphone
(ring mode has been configured as “ON”). The
On/Off key is pressed. The speaker can give
microphone illuminated light ring (blue) will be
his/her speech, the built-in loudspeaker is
activated. The chairman unit can approve or reject
muted;
his/her request;
b. The microphone will be deactivated when the
b. When his/her request is approved, the microphone
microphone On/Off key is pressed again. The
illuminated light ring will turn red, he/she can
microphone On/Off key indicating light and the
speak. Only one delegate is enabled to speak;
be
c. When the active microphone number limitation is
deactivated. The built-in loudspeaker will be
reached, none other delegate can request unless
activated,
one of the active microphones is turned off.
microphone
illuminated
presumed
the
light
ring
earphone
will
is
not
plugged. If the earphone is plugged, the built-in
loudspeaker will be deactivated.
E. “PTT” mode
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
reached:
reached:
If the microphone On/Off key is pressed, its
a. Press and hold the microphone On/Off button to
microphone will be activated and the first activated
activate the microphone, the microphone active
microphone will be deactivated at the same time to
indicating light and the microphone On/Off
maintain the active microphone number limitation.
button indicating light will turn red. The speaker
can give his/her speech, the built-in loudspeaker
will be muted;
C. “Voice” mode
b. The microphone will be deactivated when this
button is released. The microphone active
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
reached:
indicating light and the microphone On/Off
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light
button indicating light will be deactivated. The
remains on. When the delegate speaks into the
built-in loudspeaker will be activated, presumed
microphone at a short distance, the microphone
the earphone is not plugged. If the earphone is
will be activated. The microphone illuminated
plugged,
light ring will be activated, and the built-in
deactivated.
loudspeaker will be deactivated automatically;
100
the
built-in
loudspeaker
will
be
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
ƒ When the earphone is pulled out, the backlight of
reached:
Pressing this key cannot activate the microphone
the channel select display will extinguish and the
until one of the activated microphones is switched
built-in loudspeaker will switch to floor audio
off.
channel.
The speaking mode as well as the active microphone
6. Volume control
number limitation can be configured from the main unit.
ƒ The volume of the built-in loudspeaker can be
The chairman unit and the VIP unit do not count in the
adjusted by the master volume control knob on the
active microphone number limitation. At most 6
main unit;
microphones can be activated at the same time in a
ƒ When the earphone is plugged, its volume can be
system. VIP units can be assigned by application
adjusted by the earphone volume control on the
software - at most 32 VIP units.
lateral side of the unit. The built-in loudspeaker will
A camera
can
focus
an
activated
microphone
be deactivated.
automatically (camera position preset by application
software). Speaker ’s video can be exported to and
7. VIP unit
displayed on large screen(s).
ƒ Any delegate unit can be assigned as VIP unit by
4.
Voting
(HCS-4331/50,
HCS-4333/50
HCS-4100/50 application software. At most 32 VIP
and
units can be assigned;
HCS-4335D/50 do not have this function)
ƒ As long as the active microphone number does not
Voting can be originated by HCS-4100/50 application
exceed 6 (including chairman/delegate/VIP), the
software.
microphone of the VIP unit can be activated freely;
ƒ The voting button indicating lights of the congress
ƒ If the priority mode is configured as “All off”, all
unit start to blink, the delegate can press the voting
active delegate microphones will be turned off
button to vote;
when the chairman presses his priority key, and all
ƒ For “First key-press valid” voting, the delegate can
active VIP microphones will just be muted
vote only once, and his/her voting indicating lights
temporarily. They will restore when the chairman
will be deactivated after his/her voting;
releases his priority key;
ƒ For “Last key-press valid” voting, the delegate can
ƒ If the active microphone number reached 6, the
change his/her vote. When the delegate voted, the
microphone illuminated light ring (blue) will be
indicating light of his voted key will be activated
activated
and all other indicating lights will be deactivated.
indicating light will blink when the microphone
About 1 second later, all indicating lights will blink
On/Off key is pressed. The microphone cannot be
again, and the delegate can change his/her vote.
turned on unless one of the active microphones is
His/her last voted key will be valid.
deactivated.
5. Channel select (HCS-4332D/50 and HCS-4333/50
do not have this function)
ƒ When the CMU is connected to interpretation
unit(s), simultaneous interpretation function will
work and the channel selector will be activated. To
use the channel selector, an earphone must be
plugged in. When the earphone is plugged, the
backlight of the channel select display lights up.
The delegate can select a suitable language to
listen to by means of the channel selector.
101
and
the
microphone
On/Off
key
3.6.3.2 Chairman unit
The chairman unit features all delegate unit functions
B. Turn off or mute delegate microphone
and the following additional functions:
The chairman can use the “Priority” key to execute “All
mute” or “All off” operation.
1. Priority
ƒ If the priority mode on the main unit is configured
as “All mute”, all active delegate and VIP
4. Voting
microphones will be muted temporarily and the
D-series chairman unit cannot originate voting without
request-to-speak list will be purged when this key
a PC:
is pressed and they will restore when this key is
ƒ When
released;
will
be
turned
off
and
VIP microphones
will
be
software,
available;
ƒ Voting can be controlled by application software.
mode and “Apply” mode) when this key is pressed.
active
application
ƒ “First key-press valid” or “Last key-press valid” are
the
request-to-speak list will be purged (in “Open”
All
by
nominative or ballot voting are available;
ƒ If configured as “All off”, all active delegate
microphones
controlled
Voting operation of the chairman unit and the
muted
delegate unit are identical. In this mode, voting can
temporarily when this key is pressed and they will
also be controlled by the chairman unit. The “Start
restore when this key is released.
voting” indicating light on the chairman unit will
blink. Voting starts once the chairman pressed the
“Start voting” key.
2. Speaking
ƒ If the number of active microphones in the system
is less than 6 (including chairman /delegate /VIP),
the chairman can activate his/her microphone
normally, the operation is the same as for the
delegate unit (refer to section 3.6.3.1).
ƒ If the number of active microphones in the system
is 6, the chairman cannot activate his/her
microphone. But he/she can use the “Priority” key
to “All mute” or “All off” other microphones and give
his/her speech.
3. Controlling delegate unit
A. Approve delegate unit’s request to speak
Under “Apply” mode, when a delegate requests to
speak, a ring tone will be emitted by the built-in
loudspeaker in the chairman’s unit.
The chairman can now approve the delegate’s request
and activate the delegate’s microphone by pressing the
microphone on/off key or reject delegate’s request by
pressing the priority key.
Only one delegate can request to speak at one time
and a ring tone will also be emitted by the built-in
loudspeaker.
102
3.7 HCS-4320/21/22 (L-) series congress unit
3.7.1 Functions and indications
HCS-4320CE/HCE /50 chairman unit
HCS-4320DE/HDE /50 delegate unit
HCS-4321DE/HDE /50 delegate unit
HCS-4322D/HD /50 delegate unit
Side-looking
Protective cover
Figure 3.36 L-series congress units
3.7.1.1 Front
and
1. Microphone socket
microphones
will
be
muted
temporarily when this key is pressed and they
™ HCE/HDE/HD are equipped with a handheld
will resume when the key is released;
microphone and do not have this interface.
◊
2. Priority key with indicating light (for the
If configured as “All off”, all active delegate
microphones will be switched off when this
chairman unit only):
key is pressed. All active VIP microphones
™ According to the priority mode configuration on the
will be muted temporarily and will resume
main unit:
◊
VIP
when the key is released.
If configured as “All mute”, all active delegate
103
™ Under “OPEN” and "Apply" mode, pressing this
reaches the limitation, none other delegate
key will clear the request list (deny all delegates’
unit can request to speak, the speaking
requests to speak);
request is available once one of the activated
™ If the chairman microphone is not active, pressing
microphones is switched off.
this key will activate it;
e. Under "PTT" mode,
™ If the ring tone mode is configured as “ON”, a ring
ƒ If the maximal number of active microphones
tone will be produced when this key is pressed,
is not reached, pressing and holding this key
and the indicating light of the priority key will be
will activate the microphone, and the indicating
turned on.
light will be turned on; releasing the key after
speech will turn off the microphone.
3. Microphone On/Off key with indicating light (for
ƒ If the maximal number of active microphones
the chairman unit)
Microphone/request key with indicating light (for
has been reached, pressing this key cannot
the delegate unit):
activate the microphone until one of the
™ Chairman unit: press this key to activate the
activated microphones is switched off.
microphone and the indicating light;
(refer to section 3.7.4 for details)
™ Delegate unit:
4. Earphone volume control
a. Under “OVERRIDE” mode, press this key to
5. 5 voting keys with indicating light:
activate/deactivate the microphone and the
™ Sign-in/Number/Option1/Response--Key
indicating light;
(“ATTEND/NUMBER/1/--”)
b. Under “OPEN” mode,
a) In key-press sign-in mode, the sign-in indicating
ƒ When the number of active microphones does
light will blink, press this key to sign-in;
not reach the limitation, press this key to
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
activate/deactivate the microphone. When the
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
microphone is activated, the microphone
key to vote for option 1;
On/Off
button
indicating
light
and
the
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
microphone lamp ring will change to red.
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
ƒ When the number of active microphones
key to vote for 0 (“- -”).
reaches the limitation, press this key to
request/cancel
request
to
speak.
™ Yes/Option 2/Response - Key (“YES/2/-”)
When
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
requesting to speak, the microphone On/Off
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
button indicating light will blink in red, and the
for “Yes”;
microphone lamp ring will change to blue;
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
c. Under “VOICE” mode,
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
ƒ when not speaking, the microphone On/Off
key to vote for option 2;
button indicating light remains red;
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
ƒ when speaking, the microphone On/Off button
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
indicating light and the microphone lamp ring
key to vote for 25 (“-”).
remain red;
™ No/Option 3/Response 0 Key (“NO/3/0”)
d. Under “APPLY” mode,
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
ƒ When the number of active microphones does
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
not reach the limitation, press this key to
for “No”;
request/cancel the request to speak and the
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
indicating light will blink when on “request”.
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
The speaking request is approved or rejected
key to vote for option 3;
by the chairman unit with control facility, only
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
one delegate unit can request at the same
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
time;
key to vote for 50 (“0”)
ƒ When the number of active microphones
104
™ Abstain/Option 4/Response + Key (“ABSTAIN/4/+”)
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
for “Abstain”;
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
key to vote for option 4;
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
key to vote for 75 (“+”).
™ Start/Stop/Option 5/Response ++ Key
(“START/STOP/5/++”)
a) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
key to vote for option 5;
b) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
key to vote for 100 (“++”);
c) Chairman unit: if the system is connected to a
PC and if the application software is setup for
voting control mode by chairman control, key
“5” will blink when clicking the “Start voting”
button in the voting interface of the application
software. The chairman can press this key to
enter voting status. Once the chairman voted,
the indicating light will blink again. After
confirmation that all delegates voted, the
chairman pushes key “5” to close voting.
Application software will calculate the voting
results.
6. IC card socket
7. Simultaneous interpretation channel selector
™ Available when the earphone is plugged
8. Simultaneous interpretation channel number
display
9. Earphone jack (Ø 3.5 mm)
3.7.1.2 Bottom
10. 0.6-meter 6P-DIN cable with standard plug
(female x 1)
11. 1.5-meter 6P-DIN cable with standard plug
(male x 1)
105
3.7.2 Installation
3.7.2.1 Installation of L-series discussion unit
b. Put the discussion unit into the hole and drill four
(with pluggable microphone)
Ø 2 mm holes with 10 mm depth at P1, P2, P3 and
P4;
a. Cut a hole in the table according to the dimensions
c. Screw at P1, P2, P3 and P4.
in figure 3.37;
Figure 3.37 Fixing hole positioning diagram of L-series discussion unit (unit: mm)
Figure 3.38 Dimension diagram of L-series discussion unit (unit: mm)
106
3.7.2.2 Installation of L-series discussion unit
(with handheld microphone)
a. Drill holes according to figure 3.39 and make sure
that the centers of these three holes be on a straight
line;
b. Put the congress unit ① into the square hole;
c. Put ②、③ into the round holes;
d. Align these three parts and fix them with screws ④
(special tool required). To avoid that the parts are
moving away from each other or dislocate, do not fix
them too tight.
e. Drill four Ø 2 mm holes to avoid eccentricity and fix
① with screws;
f. Fix all screws.
Figure 3.39 Fixing hole positioning diagram of L-series discussion unit (unit: mm)
107
Figure 3.40 Installation diagram of L-series discussion unit
108
3.7.2.3 Installation of the protective cover of the
L-series discussion unit
If not in use for a long time, just pull out the microphone
and put the protective cover:
a. Hook up the protective cover on the left side;
b. Then press the protective cover tightly on the right
side.
Figure 3.41 Installation diagram of the protective cover
of L-series discussion unit
3.7.2.4 Dismounting the protective cover of the
L-series discussion unit
a. Prepare a straight screwdriver;
b. Insert the straight screwdriver into the gap at the
right lower side of the protective cover and rotate
the screwdriver by 90 degrees, the protective
cover will be separated from the congress unit.
Figure 3.42 Dismounting the protective cover of L-series
discussion unit
109
3.7.3 Connection
3.7.3.1 Connecting to the CMU or the EMU
The M-series discussion unit is equipped with a
1.5-meter long 6P-DIN cable with a standard male
connector. To connect to the HCS-4100/50 CMU or the
HCS-8300 EMU, just connect the male connector of
the first unit to the output of the main unit.
If there is a long distance between the congress unit
and the CMU (EMU), CBL6PS extension cable can be
used. One end is equipped with a 6P-DIN male
connector and the opposite end with a female
connector. Just connect the female connector of the
cable to the next congress unit, and connect the male
Figure 3.44 Ring connection between the CMU and
connector to the output of the main unit.
L-series discussion units
3.7.3.2 Connection between congress units
All
congress
units
of
HCS-4100/50
FDCS
are
daisy-chained easily and conveniently by dedicated
6P-DIN cables.
When connecting to another congress unit, just
connect the 6P-DIN standard female connector on the
0.6-meter cable of the unit to the 6P-DIN standard male
connector on the 1.5-meter cable of the next unit.
Figure 3.43 L-series discussion unit connected to the
CMU or the EMU
Neither the replacement of congress units nor cable
faults between congress units will affect the other units
if “daisy-chain closed-loop” connection topology is
selected. Ring connection, achieved by closing the
loop of the daisy-chained units, increases system
reliability. To obtain “daisy-chain” ring connection, just
connect the last congress unit back to the CMU or the
EMU with a CBL6PP extension cable (the cable
features a 6P-DIN male connector at each end).
Figure 3.45 “Daisy-chain” connection between L-series
discussion units
110
3.7.3.3 External earphone
An external earphone can be connected to the external
earphone jack at the top of the congress unit. Its
volume can be adjusted by the earphone volume
control button. The external earphone shall have a
Ø 3.5 mm plug, as the following figure:
Functions and indications:
1
Left stereo channel signal
2
Right stereo channel signal
3
Power ground/Shield
111
3.7.4 Operation
Key-press sign-in (HCS-4322/50 series does not
Before a meeting starts, the congress units need to be
have this function)
configured by the operator, including: numbering and
testing. During the meeting, the participators use the
In key-press sign-in status, the indicating light on key
congress unit to sign-in, activate microphone, request
“1” will blink, press key “1” to sign-in and the indicating
to speak, vote, etc.
light will be turned off.
IC
3.7.4.1 Delegate unit
card
sign-in
(HCS-4321/50
series
and
HCS-4322/50 series do not have this function)
We take HCS-4320D/50 as an example to introduce
In IC card sign-in status, “Cd” will be displayed on
the operation of D-series discussion unit. The other
the SI channel display. Insert the IC card correctly,
discussion units of this series feature one or more of
the channel number “00” will be displayed. If the IC
these functions.
card is invalid or inserted incorrectly, “Er” will be
displayed on the SI channel display. Please insert
the IC card correctly or contact the technical support.
1. Number
First of all, make sure that the congress units are
3. Speaking
connected properly to the CMU. All congress units
must be numbered when the system is used for the first
The speaking mode is configured on the CMU. (refer to
time or when adding or replacing congress units. The
section 2.4)
numbering function can be activated by menu
A. “Open” mode
operation on the CMU front panel or by application
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
software.
Select “Number” by menu operation from the CMU,
reached:
press the “MENU” key to confirm, following the system
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light and
goes to numbering status. “Press ’1’ key of all congress
the microphone illuminated light ring (red) will be
units one by one and repower” will be displayed on the
activated at the same time as the microphone
CMU LCD. The number indicating light of all connected
On/Off key is pressed. The speaker can give
congress units will blink. Press key “1” (microphone
his/her speech;
On/Off key for discussion unit) of all congress units one
b. The microphone will be deactivated when the
by one. The number indicating light will be deactivated.
microphone On/Off key is pressed again. The
Once all congress units numbered, restart the CMU to
microphone On/Off key indicating light and the
update the number information.
microphone
illuminated
light
ring
will
be
deactivated.
Note:
) When
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
numbering,
please
number
the
reached:
conference units one by one and do NOT
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light will
press “number” key of several conference
blink and the microphone illuminated light ring
units at the same time.
(blue) will be activated when the key is pressed
to request to speak;
b. Press this key again to cancel the request to
2. Sign-in (application software needed)
speak;
To carry out voting, discussion units with voting and
c. When an active microphone is turned off, the
IC-Card reader and voting units should be registered
first request microphone will be activated. At
via key press or IC-card. With application software,
most 6 microphones can request to speak.
registration is available by choosing “Seat Sign-in”.
112
b. When his/her request is approved, the microphone
B. “Override” mode
illuminated light ring will turn red, he/she can
■ Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
speak. Only one delegate is enabled to speak;
reached:
c. When the active microphone number limitation is
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light and
reached, none other delegate can request unless
the microphone illuminated light ring (red) will be
one of the active microphones is turned off.
activated at the same time as the microphone
On/Off key is pressed. The speaker can give
his/her speech;
E. “PTT” mode
b. The microphone will be deactivated when the
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
microphone On/Off key is pressed again. The
reached:
microphone On/Off key indicating light and the
microphone
illuminated
light
ring
will
a. Press and hold the microphone On/Off button to
be
activate the microphone. The microphone active
deactivated.
indicating light and the microphone On/Off
button indicating light will turn red. The speaker
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
can give his/her speech;
reached:
b. The microphone will be deactivated when this
If the microphone On/Off key is pressed, its
button is released. The microphone active
microphone will be activated and the first activated
indicating light and the microphone On/Off
microphone will be deactivated at the same time to
button indicating light will be deactivated.
maintain the active microphone number limitation.
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
C. “Voice” mode
reached:
Press this key cannot activate the microphone until
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
one of the activated microphones is switched off.
reached:
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light
The speaking mode as well as the active microphone
remains on. When the delegate speaks into the
number limitation can be configured at the main unit.
microphone at a short distance, the microphone
The chairman unit and the VIP unit do not count in the
will be activated. The microphone illuminated
active microphone number limitation. At most 6
light ring will be activated;
microphones can be activated at the same time in a
b. If the delegate does not speak for several
system. VIP units can be assigned by application
seconds, the microphone will be deactivated
software – at most 32 VIP units.
automatically. The interval time can be adjusted
A camera
at the main unit (refer to section 2.4);
can
focus
an
activated
microphone
automatically (camera position preset by application
c. When the microphone is activated, pressing the
software). Speaker’s video can be exported to and
microphone On/Off key turns it off.
displayed on large screen(s).
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
reached:
4. Voting (HCS-4322/50 series does not have this
All other microphones cannot be activated unless
function)
one of the active microphones is turned off.
Voting can be originated by HCS-4100/50 application
software.
D. “Apply” mode
ƒ
a. Request to speak function: when the microphone
The voting button indicating lights of the congress
unit start to blink, the delegate can press voting
On/Off key is pressed, the microphone illuminated
button to vote;
light ring (blue) will be activated. The chairman unit
can approve or reject his/her request;
113
ƒ
For “First key-press valid” voting, the delegate can
vote only once, and his/her voting indicating lights
will be deactivated after his/her voting;
ƒ
7. VIP unit
For “Last key-press valid” voting, the delegate can
change his/her vote. When the delegate voted, the
ƒ Any delegate unit can be assigned as a VIP unit by
indicating light of his voted key will be activated
HCS-4100/50 application software. At most 32 VIP
and all other indicating lights will be deactivated.
units can be assigned;
About 1 second later, all indicating lights will blink
ƒ As long as the active microphone number does not
again, and the delegate can change his/her vote.
exceed 6 (including chairman/delegate/VIP), the
His/her last voted key will be valid.
microphone of the VIP unit can be activated freely;
ƒ If the priority mode is configured as “All off”, all
active delegate microphones will be turned off
5. Channel selector
when the chairman presses his priority key, and all
ƒ When the CMU is connected to interpretation
active VIP microphones will just be muted
unit(s), simultaneous interpretation function will
temporarily. They will restore when the chairman
work and the channel selector will be activated. To
releases his priority key;
use the channel selector, an earphone must be
ƒ If the active microphone number reached 6, the
plugged in. When the earphone is plugged, the
microphone illuminated light ring (blue) will be
backlight of the channel select display lights up.
activated
The delegate can select a suitable language to
indicating light will blink when the microphone
listen to by means of the channel selector.
On/Off key is pressed. The microphone cannot be
and
the
microphone
On/Off
key
turned on unless one of the active microphones is
ƒ When the earphone is pulled out, the backlight of
deactivated.
the channel select display will extinguish and the
output will switch to floor audio channel.
6. Volume control
ƒ When the earphone is plugged, its volume can be
adjusted by the earphone volume control at the top
of the unit.
114
3.7.4.2 Chairman unit
4. Voting
The chairman unit features all delegate unit functions
and the following additional functions:
The L-series chairman unit cannot originate voting
without a PC:
1. Priority
ƒ When
ƒ If the priority mode on the main unit is configured
controlled
by
application
software,
nominative or ballot voting are available;
as “All mute”, all active delegate and VIP
ƒ “First key-press valid” or “Last key-press valid” are
microphones will be muted temporarily and the
available;
request-to-speak list will be purged when this key
ƒ Voting can be controlled by application software.
is pressed and they will restore when this key is
Voting operation of the chairman unit and the
released;
delegate unit are identical. In this mode, voting can
ƒ If configured as “All off”, all active delegate
microphones
voting” indicating light on the chairman unit will
request-to-speak list will be purged (in “Open”
blink. Voting starts once the chairman pressed the
mode and “Apply” mode) when this key is pressed.
“Start voting” key.
active
be
turned
VIP microphones
off
will
and
also be controlled by the chairman unit. “Start
the
All
will
be
muted
temporarily when this key is pressed and they will
restore when this key is released.
2. Speaking
ƒ If the number of active microphones in the system
is less than 6 (including chairman /delegate /VIP),
the chairman can activate his/her microphone
normally, the operation is the same as for the
delegate unit (refer to section 3.7.4.1).
ƒ If the number of active microphones in the system
is 6, the chairman cannot activate his/her
microphone. But he/she can use the “Priority” key
to “All mute” or “All off” other microphones and give
his/her speech.
3. Controlling delegate unit
A. Approve delegate unit’s request to speak
Under “Apply” mode, when a delegate requests to
speak, a ring tone will be emitted by the earphone of
the chairman’s unit.
The chairman can now approve the delegate’s request
and activate the delegate’s microphone by pressing the
microphone on/off key or reject the delegate’s request
by pressing the priority key.
Only one delegate can request to speak at one time.
B. Turn off or mute delegate microphone
The chairman can use the “Priority” key to execute “All
mute” or “All off” operation.
115
3.8 HCS-4341A/B/50 (C-) series congress unit
3.8.1 Functions and indications
3.8.1.1 C-series congress unit
HCS-4341CA/50 flush-mounted
HCS-4341DA/50 flush-mounted
chairman unit
delegate unit
Front of HCS-4341CB/50 boundary
Front of HCS-4341DB/50 boundary
chairman unit
delegate unit
HCS-4341HD/50 flush-mounted delegate unit
Figure 3.46 C-series congress units
116
Side view of HCS-4341/50 series
Bottom of HCS-4341B/50
š Front：
1. Microphone socket
c. Under “VOICE” mode,
2. Priority key with indicating light (for the
ƒ When not speaking, the microphone On/Off
chairman unit only):
™ According to the priority mode configuration on the
button indicating light remains on red;
main unit:
◊
ƒ When speaking, the microphone On/Off button
If configured as “All mute”, all active delegate
indicating light and the microphone lamp ring
and
remain red;
VIP
microphones
will
be
muted
d. Under “APPLY” mode,
temporarily when this key is pressed and they
ƒ When the number of active microphones does
will resume when the key is released;
◊
If configured as “All off”, all active delegate
not reach the limitation, press this key to
microphones will be switched off when this
request/cancel request to speak and the
key is pressed. All active VIP microphones
indicating light will blink when on “request”.
will be muted temporarily and will resume
The speaking request is approved or rejected
when the key is released.
by the chairman unit with control facility, only
™ Under “OPEN” and "Apply" mode, pressing this
one delegate unit can request at the same
key will clear the request list (deny all delegates’
time;
requests to speak);
ƒ When the number of active microphones
™ If the chairman microphone is not active, pressing
reaches the limitation, none other delegate
this key will activate it;
unit can request to speak, the speaking
™ If the ring tone mode is configured as “ON”, a ring
request is available once one of the activated
tone will be produced when this key is pressed,
microphones is switched off.
and the indicating light of the priority key will be
e. Under "PTT" mode,
turned on.
ƒ If the maximal number of active microphones
is not reached, pressing and holding this key
3. Microphone On/Off key with indicating light (for
the chairman unit)
will activate the microphone, and the indicating
Microphone/request key with indicating light (for
light will be turned on; releasing the key after
the delegate unit):
speech will turn off the microphone.
™ Chairman unit: press this key to activate the
ƒ If the maximal number of active microphones
microphone and the indicating light;
has been reached, pressing this key cannot
™ Delegate unit:
activate the microphone until one of the
a. Under “OVERRIDE” mode, press this key to
activated microphones is switched off.
activate/deactivate the microphone and the
(Refer to section 3.8.4 for details)
indicating light;
š Bottom:
b. Under “OPEN” mode,
ƒ When the number of active microphones does
4. CAT5 cable with standard RJ45 plug, connecting
not reach the limitation, press this key to
to Mic of multi-function connector
activate/deactivate the microphone. When the
5. Bass cut switch (switch down is on)
™ 200 Hz, -3 dB
microphone is activated, the microphone
On/Off
button
indicating
light
and
6. Treble cut switch (switch down is on)
the
™ 8 kHz, -3 dB
microphone lamp ring will change to red.
7. Cable with a 6P mini DIN interface to connect to
ƒ When the number of active microphones
reaches the limitation, press this key to
"Handheld
request/cancel the request to speak. When
connection unit
requesting to speak, the microphone On/Off
button indicating light will blink in red, and the
microphone lamp ring will change to blue;
117
Mic."
socket
of
multi-purpose
3.8.1.2 Multi-function connector
Front of HCS-4340CA/(H)DA /50 multi-function connector
Front of HCS-4340B/50 multi-function connector
Front of HCS-4340DT /50 multi-function connector
Back of HCS-4340/50 multi-function connector
Figure 3.47
Multi-function connectors
š Front:
6. Loudspeaker jack
1. Handheld Mic. (Not for HCS-4340DA/50)
š Back:
™ Handheld microphone jack
2. Mic. (Not for HCS-4340HDA/50)
7. 2.1-meter 6P-DIN cable with standard plug (male
x 1)
™ Connecting to RJ45 socket of HCS-4341/50 or
8. 6P-DIN cable standard socket (female x 1)
HCS-4841N/50
3. CH. Selector
™ Connecting to RJ45 socket of HCS-4842N/50
4. VOTE A
™ Connecting to RJ45 socket (VOTE A) of
HCS-4843N/50 series voting unit
5. VOTE B
™ Connecting to RJ45 socket (VOTE B) of
HCS-4843N/50 series voting unit
118
3.8.2 Installation
3.8.2.1 Installation of HCS-4341A/50
a. Cut a hole in the table according to the dimensions
in figure 3.48;
b. Drill Ø 2 mm holes on both sides of the fixing iron
plate;
c. Screw the fixing iron plate onto the table;
d. Run the cable on the back of the discussion unit
according to the mounting feasibilities existing on
site;
e. Put the congress unit into the hole.
Figure 3.48 Positioning diagram of HCS-4341A/50
Figure 3.49 Installation diagram of HCS-4341A/50
119
3.8.2.2 Installation of HCS-4341HD/50
a. Drill a Ø 32 mm hole;
b. Put the cylindrical box into the hole and fix it with
special pad and screwed ring;
c. Put the cable of the handheld microphone over the
hole of the cylindrical box and push the handheld
microphone into the cylindrical box and buckle it.
Figure 3.50 Installation diagram of flush-mounted handheld microphone (unit: mm)
120
3.8.3 Connection
3.8.3.1 Multi-function connector connected to
the 2.1-meter cable of the multi-function connector, and
the CMU or the EMU
connect the 6P-DIN male connector of the extension
cable to the output of the main unit.
When connecting to the CMU or the EMU, the C-series
component congress unit shall be connected to the
Multi-function
connector,
and
the
Multi-function
connectors connected to the CMU or the EMU with the
6-PIN cable in a daisy-chain arrangement.
One CMU has 2 outputs, and each output can be
connected to 30 multi-function connectors. In total 60
multi-function connectors can be connected to one
CMU;
One HCS-4340CA/50 multi-function connector can
be connected to one chairman discussion unit, one
voting unit and one channel selector (for the
Figure 3.51
descriptions of the interface of the multi-function
Multi-function connector connected to the
CMU or the EMU
connector please refer to section 3.8.1.2.);
One HCS-4340DA/50 multi-function connector can
be connected to one delegate discussion unit, one
Neither the replacement of congress units nor cable
voting unit and one channel selector (for the
faults between congress units will affect the other units
descriptions of the interface of the multi-function
if “daisy-chain closed-loop” connection topology is
connector please refer to section 3.8.1.2.);
selected. Ring connection, achieved by closing the
One HCS-4340B/50 multi-function connector can be
loop of the daisy-chained units, increases system
connected to four channel selectors (for the
reliability. To obtain “daisy-chain” ring connection, just
descriptions of the interface of the multi-function
connect the last congress unit back to the CMU or the
connector please refer to section 3.8.1.2.);
EMU with a CBL6PP extension cable (the cable
features a 6P-DIN male connector at each end).
One HCS-4340DT/50 multi-function connector can
be connected to two delegate discussion units and
two channel selectors (for the descriptions of the
interface of multi-function connector please refer to
section 3.8.1.2.);
The flush-mounted microphone can be connected to
the multi-function connector with a dedicated cable.
The IC card reader can be connected to the voting
unit with a dedicated cable;
The HCS-4340/50 multi-function connector is equipped
with a 2.1-meter cable with a standard 6P-DIN male
connector. To connect to the HCS-4100/50 CMU or the
Figure 3.52 Ring connection between the CMU and
HCS-8300 EMU, just connect the male connector of
multi-function connectors
the first unit to the output of the main unit.
If there is a long distance between the congress unit
and the CMU (EMU), CBL6PS extension cable can be
used. One end is equipped with a 6P-DIN male
connector and the opposite end with a female
connector. Just connect the 6P-DIN female connector
of the extension cable to the 6P-DIN male connector of
121
3.8.3.2
Connections
between
multi-function
3.8.3.3 Multi-function connector connected to
connectors
All
HCS-4340/50
multi-function
the C-series congress unit
connectors
are
The C-series congress unit is equipped with CAT5
daisy-chained easily and conveniently by dedicated
cable with standard RJ45 plug. When connecting to the
6P-DIN cables.
multi-function connector, just connect the RJ45 plug of
When connecting to another congress unit, just
the congress unit into the corresponding RJ45 socket
connect the 6P-DIN standard male connector on the
of the multi-function connector. For the descriptions of
2.1-meter cable of the next multi-function connector to
the interface of the multi-function connector please
the female socket of this multi-function connector.
refer to section 3.8.1.2.
Figure 3.54
Multi-function connector connected to the
C-series congress unit
Figure 3.53 “Daisy-chain” connection between
multi-function connectors
122
3.8.4 Operation
Before a meeting starts, the congress units need to be
b. The microphone will be deactivated when the
configured by the operator, including: numbering and
microphone On/Off key is pressed again. The
testing. During the meeting, the participators can use
microphone On/Off key indicating light and the
the congress unit to sign-in, activate microphone,
microphone
request to speak, vote, etc.
deactivated.
illuminated
light
ring
will
be
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
3.8.4.1 Delegate unit
reached:
1. Number
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light and
the microphone illuminated light ring (red) will
First of all, make sure that all congress units are
connected properly to the CMU. All congress units
blink when key is pressed to request to speak;
must be numbered when the system is used for the first
b. Press this key again to cancel request to speak;
time or when adding or replacing congress units. The
c. When an active microphone is turned off, the
numbering function can be activated by menu
first request microphone will be activated. At
operation on the CMU front panel or by application
most 6 microphones can request to speak.
software.
Select “Number” by menu operation from the CMU,
B. “Override” mode
press the “MENU” key to confirm, following the system
■ Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
goes to numbering status. “Press ’1’ key of all congress
reached:
units one by one and repower” will be displayed on the
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light and
CMU LCD. The number indicating light of all connected
the microphone illuminated light ring (red) will be
congress units will blink. Press the microphone On/Off
activated at the same time as the microphone
key of all congress units one by one. The number
On/Off key is pressed. The speaker can give
indicating light will be deactivated. Once all congress
his/her speech;
units numbered, restart the CMU to update the number
b. The microphone will be deactivated when the
information.
microphone On/Off key is pressed again. The
microphone On/Off key indicating light and the
Note:
) When
numbering,
please
number
microphone
the
illuminated
light
ring
will
be
deactivated.
conference units one by one and do NOT
press “number” key of several conference
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
units at the same time.
reached:
If the microphone On/Off key is pressed, its
2. Speaking
microphone will be activated and the first activated
The speaking mode is configured on the CMU. (refer to
microphone will be deactivated at the same time to
section 2.4)
maintain the active microphone amount limitation.
A. “Open” mode
C. “Voice” mode
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
reached:
reached:
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light and
the microphone illuminated light ring (red) will be
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light
activated at the same time as the microphone
remains on. When the delegate speaks into the
On/Off key is pressed. The speaker can give
microphone at a short distance, the microphone
his/her speech;
will be activated. The microphone illuminated
light ring (red) will be activated;
123
b. If the delegate does not speak for several
The speaking mode as well as the active microphone
seconds, the microphone will be deactivated
number limitation can be configured at the main unit.
automatically. The interval time can be adjusted
The chairman unit and the VIP unit do not count in the
from the main unit (refer to section 2.4);
active microphone number limitation. At most 6
c. When the microphone is activated, pressing the
microphones can be activated at the same time in a
microphone On/Off key turns it off.
system. VIP units can be assigned by application
software - at most 32 VIP units.
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
A camera
can
focus
an
activated
microphone
reached:
automatically (camera position preset by application
All other microphones cannot be activated unless
software). Speaker’s video can be exported to and
one of the active microphones is turned off.
displayed on large screen(s).
D. “Apply” mode
5. VIP unit
a. Request to speak function: when the microphone
ƒ Any delegate unit can be assigned as VIP unit by
On/Off key is pressed, the microphone illuminated
HCS-4100/50 application software. At most 32 VIP
light ring (blue) will be activated. The chairman unit
units can be assigned;
can approve or reject his/her request;
ƒ As long as the active microphone number does not
b. When his/her request is approved, the microphone
exceed 6 (including chairman/delegate/VIP), the
illuminated light ring will turn red, he/she can
microphone of the VIP unit can be activated freely;
speak. If not connected to PC software, only one
ƒ If the priority mode is configured as “All off”, all
delegate unit can request at the same time.
active delegate microphones will be turned off
Otherwise, the number of requests can be
when the chairman presses his priority key, and all
configured from the software;
active VIP microphones will just be muted
c. When the active microphone number limitation is
temporarily. They will restore when the chairman
reached, none other delegate can request unless
releases the priority key;
ƒ If the active microphone number reached 6, the
one of the active microphones is turned off.
microphone On/Off key indicating light will blink
when the microphone On/Off key is pressed and its
E. “PTT” mode
microphone cannot be turned on unless one of the
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
active microphones is deactivated.
reached:
a. Press and hold the microphone On/Off button to
activate the microphone, the microphone active
indicating light and the microphone On/Off
button indicating light will turn red. The speaker
can give his/her speech;
b. The microphone will be deactivated when this
button is released. The microphone active
indicating light and the microphone On/Off
button indicating light will be deactivated.
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
reached:
Press this key cannot activate the microphone until
one of the activated microphones is switched off.
124
3.8.4.2 Chairman unit
3. Controlling delegate unit
The chairman unit features all delegate functions, and
the following additional functions:
A. Approve delegate unit’s request to speak
Under “Apply” mode, when a delegate requests to
speak, a ring tone will be emitted by the earphone of
1. Priority
the chairman’s unit.
ƒ If the priority mode on the main unit is configured
The chairman can now approve delegate’s request and
as “All mute”, all active delegate and VIP
activate delegate’s microphone by pressing the
microphones will be muted temporarily and the
microphone on/off key or reject delegate’s request by
request-to-speak list will be purged when this key
pressing the priority key.
is pressed and they will restore when this key is
Only one delegate can request to speak at one time
released;
and a ring tone will also be emitted by the earphone.
ƒ If configured as “All off”, all active delegate
microphones
will
be
turned
off
and
the
B. Turn off or mute delegate microphone
request-to-speak list will be purged (in “Open”
The chairman can use the “Priority” key to execute “All
mode and “Apply” mode) when this key is pressed,
mute” or “All off” operation.
and all active VIP microphones will be muted
temporarily when this key is pressed and they will
restore when this key is released.
2. Speaking
ƒ If the number of active microphones in the system
is less than 6 (including chairman/delegate/VIP),
the chairman can activate his/her microphone
normally, the operation is the same as for the
delegate unit (refer to section 3.8.4.1).
ƒ If the number of active microphones in the system
is 6, the chairman cannot activate his/her
microphone. But he/she can use the “Priority” key
to “All mute” or “All off” other microphones and give
his/her speech.
125
3.9 HCS-4841/42/43 (N-) series congress unit
3.9.1 Functions and indications
HCS-4841NC/50 flush-mounted chairman unit
HCS-4841ND/50 flush-mounted delegate unit
Bottom of HCS-4841N/50 series
HCS-4842N/50 flush-mounted channel selector
Bottom of HCS-4842N/50 flush-mounted channel selector
HCS-4843NCTE/50 flush-mounted chairman voting unit
HCS-4843NDTE/50 flush-mounted delegate voting unit
HCS-4843NCTKE/50 flush-mounted chairman voting unit
HCS-4843NDTKE/50 flush-mounted delegate voting unit
126
HCS-4843NCFE/50 flush-mounted chairman voting unit
HCS-4843NDFE/50 flush-mounted delegate voting unit
HCS-4843NCFKE/50 flush-mounted chairman voting unit
HCS-4843NDFKE/50 flush-mounted delegate voting unit
HCS-4843DFE/50 flush-mounted delegate voting unit
HCS-4843DFKE/50 flush-mounted delegate voting unit
Side view of HCS-4843DFE/DFKE/50 flush-mounted voting
unit
Bottom of HCS-4843N/50 series flush-mounted voting unit
Figure 3.55 N-series congress units
3.9.1.1 Front
◊
If configured as “All off”, all active delegate
1. Microphone socket
microphones will be switched off when this
2. Priority key with indicating light (for the
key is pressed. All active VIP microphones
chairman unit only):
will be muted temporarily and will resume
™ According to the priority mode configuration on the
when the key is released.
main unit:
◊
™ Under “OPEN” and "Apply" mode, pressing this
If configured as “All mute”, all active delegate
key will clear the request list (deny all delegates’
and
requests to speak);
VIP
microphones
will
be
muted
temporarily when this key is pressed and they
™ If the chairman microphone is not active, pressing
will resume when the key is released;
this key will activate it;
127
™ If the ring tone mode is configured as “ON”, a ring
e. Under "PTT" mode,
tone will be produced when this key is pressed,
ƒ If the maximal number of active microphones
and the indicating light of the priority key will be
is not reached, pressing and holding this key
turned on.
will activate the microphone, and the indicating
light will be turned on; releasing the key after
3. Microphone On/Off key with indicating light (for
speech will turn off the microphone.
the chairman unit)
ƒ If the maximal number of active microphones
Microphone/request key with indicating light (for
the delegate unit):
has been reached, pressing this key cannot
™ Chairman unit: press this key to activate the
activate the microphone until one of the
microphone and the indicating light;
activated microphones is switched off.
™ Delegate unit:
(Refer to section 3.9.4 for details)
a. Under “OVERRIDE” mode, press this key to
4. Earphone jack (Ø 3.5 mm)
activate/deactivate the microphone and the
5. Earphone volume control
indicating light;
6. Simultaneous interpretation channel selector
™ Available when the earphone is plugged
b. Under “OPEN” mode,
7. Simultaneous interpretation channel number
ƒ When the number of active microphones does
display
not reach the limitation, press this key to
8. 3 voting keys and indicating lights
activate/deactivate the microphone. When the
 “ATTEND/NUMBER/YES”
microphone is activated, the microphone
On/Off
button
indicating
light
and
the
a) In numbering mode, the numbering indicating
microphone lamp ring will change to red.
light will blink, press this key to number;
ƒ When the number of active microphones
b) In sign-in mode, the sign-in indicating light will
reaches the limitation, press this key to
blink, press this key to sign-in;
request/cancel the request to speak. When
c) In voting mode, the voting indicating light will
requesting to speak, the microphone On/Off
blink, and press this key to vote for “Yes”.
button indicating light will blink in red, and the
 “NO”
microphone lamp ring will change to blue;
In voting mode, the voting indicating light will blink,
c. Under “VOICE” mode,
and press this key to vote for “No”.
ƒ When not speaking, the microphone On/Off
 “START/STOP/ABSTAIN”
button indicating light remains on red;
a) In voting mode, the voting indicating light will
ƒ When speaking, the microphone On/Off button
blink, and press this key to vote for “Abstain”;
indicating light and the microphone lamp ring
b) For the chairman unit: if the system is
remain red;
connected to a PC and if the application
d. Under “APPLY” mode,
software is setup for voting control mode by
ƒ When the number of active microphones does
chairman control, this key will blink when
not reach the limitation, press this key to
clicking the “Start voting” button in the voting
request/cancel request to speak and the
interface of the application software. The
indicating light will blink when on “request”.
chairman can press this key to enter voting
The speaking request is approved or rejected
status. Once the chairman voted, the indicating
by the chairman unit with control facility, only
light of this
one delegate unit can request at the same
results.
unit can request to speak, speaking request is
of
the
After
Application software will calculate the voting
reaches the limitation, none other delegate
one
blink again.
chairman presses this key to close voting.
ƒ When the number of active microphones
once
will
confirmation that all delegates voted, the
time;
available
key
activated
microphones is switched off.
128
9. 5 voting keys with indicating lights
™ Sign-in/Number/Option1/Response-- Key
™ Start/Stop/Option 5/Response ++ Key
(“ATTEND/NUMBER/1/--”)
(“START/STOP/5/++”)
a) In key-press sign-in mode, the sign-in indicating
a) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
light will blink, press this key to sign-in;
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
key to vote for option 5;
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
b) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
key to vote for option 1;
key to vote for 100 (“++”);
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
c) Chairman unit: if the system is connected to a
key to vote for 0 (“- -”).
PC and if application software is setup for
voting control mode by chairman control, key
™ Yes/Option 2/Response - Key (“YES/2/-”)
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
“5” will blink when clicking the “Start voting”
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
button in the voting interface of the application
for “Yes”;
software. The chairman can press this key to
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
enter the voting status. Once the chairman
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
voted, the indicating light will blink again. After
key to vote for option 2;
confirmation that all delegates voted, the
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
chairman pushes key “5” to close voting.
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
Application software will calculate the voting
key to vote for 25 (“-”).
results.
10. IC card socket
™ No/Option 3/Response 0 Key (“NO/3/0”)
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
3.9.1.2 Bottom
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
11. Standard RJ45 socket, connecting to Mic. of
for “No”;
multi-function connector
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
12. Standard RJ45 socket, connecting to CH.
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
Selector of multi-function connector
key to vote for option 3;
13. Standard RJ45 socket, connecting to VOTE B of
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
multi-function connector
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
14. Standard RJ45 socket, connecting to VOTE A of
key to vote for 50 (“0”).
multi-function connector
15. 0.6-meter 6P-DIN cable with standard plug
™ Abstain/Option 4/Response + Key (“ABSTAIN/4/+”)
(female x 1)
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
16. 1.5-meter 6P-DIN cable with standard plug
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
(male x 1)
for “Abstain”;
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
key to vote for option 4;
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
key to vote for 75 (“+”).
129
3.9.2 Installation
3.9.2.1 Installation of N-series congress unit
■ Stand-alone installation
a. Cut holes in the table according to the positioning
diagram (figure 3.57);
b. Put the congress unit with the cables into the hole.
Fix the unit with the black M3 Phillips screws (figure
3.58);
c. Stick PVC to it.
Figure 3.58 Installation diagram of N-series congress unit
(unit: mm)
■ Assembly installation
a. Cut holes in the table for the first unit according to
the positioning diagram (figure 3.57);
b. Make sure that the distance between the center of
Figure 3.56 Dimension diagram of N-series congress unit
the two adjacent holes is 111.4 mm (Figure 3.59),
(unit: mm)
and repeat step a to cut holes for the adjacent unit(s);
c. Put the congress units into the holes, with the cables,
according to the mounting feasibilities existing on site.
Fix with black M3 Phillips screws;
d. Stick PVC to each unit.
Figure 3.57 Positioning diagram of N-series congress unit
(unit: mm)
130
Figure 3.59 Positioning and assembly installation diagram of several N series congress units (unit: mm)
3.9.2.2 Installation of terminating panels for
N-series congress unit
a. Put the terminating panel marked “L” at the left side
Note:
and align it with the installed congress unit. Fix it with
) Embedded decorative label must be ordered
the black M3 Phillips screws;
separately ;
b. Put the terminating panel marked “R” at the right
) If needed, protective covers with different
side and align it with the installed congress unit. Fix it
dimensions can also be ordered separately
with the black M3 Phillips screws;
according to actual installation.
c. Stick PVC to them.
Figure 3.60 Installation diagram of the N-series terminating panels
Figure 3.61 Diagram showing the finished installation of the N series congress units
131
3.9.2.3 Flush-mounted loudspeaker of N-series
congress unit
d. Take off the auxiliary installation shell;
a. Cut holes in the table according to positioning
diagram (figure 3.62);
Figure 3.64 Diagram of the finished installation of the
Figure 3.62 Positioning diagram of N-series congress
fixing plates of the N-series congress unit loudspeaker
unit speaker (unit: mm)
e. Put the flush-mounted loudspeaker into the fixing plates
b. Align the fixing plates of the loudspeaker to the auxiliary
and buckle it.
installation shell and put them into the hole;
c. Fix the fixing plates with M3 screws;
Figure 3.63 Installation diagram of the fixing plates of the
N-series congress unit loudspeaker
Figure 3.65 Diagram of the finished installation of the
N-series congress unit loudspeaker
132
3.9.3 Connection
3.9.3.1 Multi-function connector connected to
If there is a long distance between the congress unit
the CMU or the EMU
and the CMU (EMU), CBL6PS extension cable can be
When connecting to the CMU or the EMU, the N-series
used. One end is equipped with a 6P-DIN male
component congress unit (except HCS-4843DFE/
connector and the opposite end with a female
DFKE/50) must be connected to the multi-function
connector. Just connect the 6P-DIN female connector
connector,
connectors
of the extension cable to the 6P-DIN male connector of
connected to the CMU or the EMU in a daisy-chain
the 2.1-meter cable of the multi-function connector, and
arrangement with the 6-PIN cable. HCS-4843DFE/
connect the 6P-DIN male connector of the extension
DFKE/50 can be connected directly to the CMU or the
cable to the output of the main unit.
and
the
multi-function
EMU in a daisy-chain arrangement with the 6-PIN cable.
One CMU has 2 outputs, and each output can be
connected to 30 multi-function connectors. In total 60
multi-function connectors can be connected to one
CMU;
One HCS-4340CA/50 multi-function connector
can be connected to one chairman discussion unit, one
voting unit and one channel selector (for the
descriptions of the interface of the multi-function
connector please refer to section 3.8.1.2.);
One HCS-4340DA/50 multi-function connector
Figure 3.66
can be connected to one delegate discussion unit, one
Multi-function connector connected
to the CMU or the EMU
voting unit and one channel selector (for the
descriptions of the interface of the multi-function
Neither the replacement of congress units nor cable
connector please refer to section 3.8.1.2.);
One HCS-4340B/50 multi-function connector can
faults between congress units will affect the other units
be connected to four channel selectors (for the
if “daisy-chain closed-loop” connection topology is
descriptions of the interface of the multi-function
selected. Ring connection, achieved by closing the
connector please refer to section 3.8.1.2.);
loop of the daisy-chained units, increases system
One HCS-4340DT/50 multi-function connector
reliability. To obtain “daisy-chain” ring connection, just
can be connected to two delegate discussion units and
connect the last congress unit back to the CMU or the
two channel selectors (for the descriptions of the
EMU with a CBL6PP extension cable (the cable
interface of the multi-function connector please refer to
features a 6P-DIN male connector at each end).
section 3.8.1.2.);
The flush-mounted microphone can be connected
to the multi-function connector with a dedicated cable.
The IC card reader can be connected to the voting unit
with a dedicated cable;
HCS-4340/50 multi-function connector is equipped with
a 2.1-meter cable with a standard 6P-DIN male
connector. To connect to the HCS-4100/50 CMU or the
HCS-8300 EMU, just connect the male connector of
the first unit to the output of the main unit.
Figure 3.67 Ring connection between the CMU and
multi-function connectors
133
3.9.3.2
Connections
between
multi-function
3.9.3.3 Multi-function connector connected to
connectors
All
HCS-4340/50
multi-function
the N-series congress unit
connectors
are
The N-series congress unit is equipped with a standard
daisy-chained easily and conveniently by dedicated
RJ45 socket. When connecting to the multi-function
6P-DIN cables.
connector, just use CAT5 cable with standard RJ45
When connecting to another congress unit, just
plugs to connect the RJ45 socket of the congress unit
connect the 6P-DIN standard male connector on the
into
2.1-meter cable of the next multi-function connector to
multi-function
the female socket of this multi-function connector.
descriptions of the interface of the multi-function
the
corresponding
connector
RJ45
socket
of
the
(figure
3.69).
For
the
connector please refer to section 3.8.1.2.
3.9.3.4 External earphone
An external earphone can be connected to the external
earphone jack at the top of the congress unit. Its
volume can be adjusted by the earphone volume
control button. The external earphone shall have Ø 3.5
mm plug, as the following figure:
Figure 3.68 “Daisy-chain” connection between
multi-function connectors
Functions and indications:
134
1
Left stereo channel signal
2
Right stereo channel signal
3
Power ground/Shield
Figure 3.69
Multi-function connector connected to N-series congress units
135
3.9.4 Operation
Before a meeting starts, the congress units need to be
configured by the operator, including: numbering and
Key-press sign-in
testing. During the meeting, the participators use the
congress unit to sign-in, activate microphone, request
In key-press sign-in status, the indicating light on key
to speak, vote, etc.
“ATTEND/NUMBER”
will
blink,
press
key
“ATTEND/NUMBER” to sign-in and the indicating light
will be turned off.
3.9.4.1 Delegate unit
IC card sign-in
1. Number (HCS-4842N/50 does not have this
In IC card sign-in status, if the IC card is inserted
function)
correctly, the indicating light will blink once and will be
First of all, make sure that all congress units are
deactivated afterwards. If the IC card is invalid or
connected properly to the CMU. All congress units
inserted incorrectly, the indicating light will be activated.
must be numbered when the system is used for the first
Please insert the IC card correctly or contact the
time or when adding or replacing congress units. The
technical support.
numbering function can be activated by menu
operation on the CMU front panel or by application
3. Speaking (for HCS-4841N/50 series only)
software.
Select “Number” by menu operation from the CMU,
Speaking mode is configured on the CMU. (refer to
press the “MENU” key to confirm, following the system
section 2.4)
goes to numbering status. “Press ’1’ key of all congress
A. “Open” mode
units one by one and repower” will be displayed on the
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
CMU LCD. The number indicating light of all connected
reached:
congress units will blink. Press the microphone On/Off
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light and
key (“Sign-in/Number” key for voting units) of all
the microphone illuminated light ring (red) will be
congress units one by one. The number indicating light
activated at the same time as the microphone
will be deactivated. Once all congress units numbered,
On/Off key is pressed. The speaker can give
restart the CMU to update the number information.
his/her speech;
b. The microphone will be deactivated when the
Note:
) When
numbering,
please
number
microphone On/Off key is pressed again. The
the
microphone On/Off key indicating light and the
conference units one by one and do NOT
microphone
press “number” key of several conference
illuminated
light
ring
will
be
deactivated.
units at the same time.
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
reached:
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light and
2.
Sign-in
(application
software
needed,
the microphone illuminated light ring (red) will
for
blink when the key is pressed to request to
HCS-4843N/50 series only)
speak;
To carry out voting, discussion units with voting and
b. Press this key again to cancel the request to
IC-Card reader and voting units should be registered
speak;
via key press or IC-card. With application software,
c. When an active microphone is turned off, the
registration is available by choosing “Seat Sign-in”.
first request microphone will be activated. At
most 6 microphones can request to speak.
136
b. When his/her request is approved, the microphone
B. “Override” mode
illuminated light ring will turn red, he/she can
■ Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
speak. If not connected to PC software, only one
reached:
delegate unit can request at the same time.
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light and
Otherwise, the number of requests can be
the microphone illuminated light ring (red) will be
configured from the software;
activated at the same time as the microphone
c. When the active microphone number limitation is
On/Off key is pressed. The speaker can give
reached, none other delegate can request unless
his/her speech;
one of the active microphones is turned off.
b. The microphone will be deactivated when the
microphone On/Off key is pressed again. The
microphone On/Off key indicating light and the
microphone
illuminated
light
ring
will
E. “PTT” mode
be
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
deactivated.
reached:
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
a. Press and hold the microphone On/Off button to
reached:
activate the microphone, the microphone active
If the microphone On/Off key is pressed, its
indicating light and the microphone On/Off
microphone will be activated and the first activated
button indicating light will turn red. The speaker
microphone will be deactivated at the same time to
can give his/her speech;
maintain the active microphone number limitation.
b. The microphone will be deactivated when this
button is released. The microphone active
indicating light and the microphone On/Off
C. “Voice” mode
button indicating light will be deactivated.
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4) NOT
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
reached:
reached:
a. The microphone On/Off key indicating light
Pressing this key cannot activate the microphone
remains on. When the delegate speaks into the
until one of the activated microphones is switched
microphone at a short distance, the microphone
off.
will be activated. The microphone illuminated
light ring (red) will be activated;
The speaking mode as well as the active microphone
b. If the delegate does not speak for several
number limitation can be configured at the main unit.
seconds, the microphone will be deactivated
The chairman unit and the VIP unit do not count in the
automatically. The interval time can be adjusted
active microphone number limitation. At most 6
at the main unit (refer to section 2.4);
microphones can be activated at the same time in a
c. When the microphone is activated, pressing the
system. VIP units can be assigned by application
microphone On/Off key turns it off.
software - at most 32 VIP units.
Active microphone number limitation (1/2/3/4)
When a microphone is activated, the camera can focus
reached:
it
All other microphones cannot be activated unless
automatically
(position
preset
by
application
software). Speaker’s video can be exported to and
one of the active microphones is turned off.
displayed on large screen(s).
D. “Apply” mode
4. Voting (for HCS-4843N/50 series only)
a. Request to speak function: when the microphone
Voting can be originated by HCS-4100/50 application
On/Off key is pressed, the microphone illuminated
software.
light ring (blue) will be activated. The chairman unit
ƒ
can approve or reject his/her request;
The voting button indicating lights of the congress
unit start to blink, the delegate can press the voting
button to vote;
137
ƒ
For “First key-press valid” voting, the delegate can
7. VIP unit (for HCS-4841N/50 series only)
vote only once, and his/her voting indicating lights
ƒ Any delegate unit can be assigned as a VIP unit by
will be deactivated after his/her voting;
ƒ
HCS-4100/50 application software. At most 32 VIP
For “Last key-press valid” voting, the delegate can
units can be assigned;
change his/her vote. When the delegate voted, the
ƒ As long as the active microphone number does not
indicating light of his voted key will be activated
exceed 6 (including chairman/delegate/VIP), the
and all other indicating lights will be deactivated.
microphone of the VIP unit can be activated freely;
About 2 seconds later, all indicating lights will blink
ƒ If the priority mode is configured as “All off”, all
again, and the delegate can change his/her vote.
active delegate microphones will be turned off
His/her last voted key will be valid.
when the chairman presses his priority key, and all
active VIP microphones will just be muted
temporarily. They will restore when the chairman
5. Channel selector (for HCS-4842N/50 only)
releases the priority key;
ƒ When the CMU is connected to interpretation
ƒ If the active microphone number reached 6, the
unit(s), simultaneous interpretation function will
microphone On/Off key indicating light will blink
work and the channel selector will be activated. To
when the microphone On/Off key is pressed and its
use the channel selector, an earphone must be
microphone cannot be turned on unless one of the
plugged in. When the earphone is plugged, the
active microphones is deactivated.
backlight of the channel select display lights up.
The delegate can select a suitable language to
listen to by means of the channel selector.
ƒ When the earphone is pulled out, the backlight of
the channel select display will extinguish and the
output will switch to floor audio channel.
6. Volume control (for HCS-4842N/50 only)
ƒ When the earphone is plugged, its volume can be
adjusted by the earphone volume control at the top
of the unit.
138
3.9.4.2 Chairman unit
B. Turn off or mute delegate microphone
The chairman unit features all the functions of a
delegate unit, and the following additional functions:
The chairman can use the “Priority” key to execute “All
mute” or “All off” operation.
1. Priority (for HCS-4841NC/50 only)
ƒ If the priority mode on the main unit is configured
4. Voting (for HCS-4843NC/50 series only)
as “All mute”, all active delegate and VIP
HCS-4843N/50 series chairman unit cannot originate
microphones will be muted temporarily and the
voting without a PC. The chairman unit features all the
request-to-speak list will be purged when this key
functions of a delegate unit, and the following
is pressed and they will restore when this key is
additional functions:
released;
ƒ When
ƒ If configured as “All off”, all active delegate
microphones
will
be
turned
off
and
controlled
by
application
software,
nominative or ballot voting are available;
the
ƒ “First key-press valid” or “Last key-press valid” are
request-to-speak list will be purged (in “Open”
available;
mode and “Apply” mode) when this key is pressed,
ƒ Voting can be controlled by application software.
and all active VIP microphones will be muted
The voting operation of the chairman unit and the
temporarily when this key is pressed and they will
delegate unit are identical. In this mode, voting can
restore when this key is released.
also be controlled by the chairman unit. “Start
voting” indicating light on the chairman unit will
blink. Voting starts once the chairman pressed the
2. Speaking (for HCS-4841NC/50 only)
“Start voting” key.
ƒ If the number of active microphones in the system
is less than 6 (including chairman/delegate/VIP),
the chairman can activate his/her microphone
normally, the operation is the same as for the
delegate unit (refer to section 3.9.4.1).
ƒ If the number of active microphones in the system
is 6, the chairman cannot activate his/her
microphone. But he/she can use the “Priority” key
to “All mute” or “All off” other microphones and give
his/her speech.
3. Controlling delegate unit (for HCS-4841NC/50
only)
A. Approve delegate unit’s request to speak
Under “Apply” mode, when a delegate requests to
speak, a ring tone will be emitted by the earphone of
the chairman’s unit.
The chairman can now approve delegate’s request and
activate delegate’s microphone by pressing the
microphone on/off key or reject delegate’s request by
pressing the priority key.
Only one delegate can request to speak at one time
and a ring tone will also be emitted by the earphone.
139
3.10 HCS-4368/50 series wired voting units
3.10.1 Functions and indications
Front panel of HCS-4368T/50series 5
Front panel of HCS-4368NT/50series 3
Front panel of HCS-4368NT/50series 3
voting unit
voting unit (chairman)
voting unit (delegate)
Front panel of HCS-4368F/50series 5
Front panel of HCS-4368FK/50series 5
Front panel of HCS-4368NF/50series 5
voting unit
voting unit
voting unit (chairman)
Front panel of HCS-4368NF/50series
Side view of HCS-4368/50 tabletop
Side view of HCS-4368/50 flush-mounted
5 voting unit (delegate)
voting unit
voting unit
Figure 3.70 HCS-4368/50 series wired voting units
3.10.1.1 Front
Voting keys and indicating lights
the application software. The chairman can
 “START/STOP/ ATTEND/NUMBER/YES”
press this key to enter the voting status. Once
1. 3
the chairman voted, the indicating light of this
a) In numbering mode, the numbering indicating
key will blink again. After confirmation that all
light will blink, press this key to number;
delegates voted, the chairman presses this key
b) In sign-in mode, the sign-in indicating light will
to close voting. Application software will
blink, press this key to sign-in;
calculate the voting results.
c) In voting mode, the voting indicating light will

blink, and press this key to vote for “Yes”;
“NO”
In voting mode, the voting indicating light will blink,
d) For the chairman unit: if the system is
and press this key to vote for “No”;
connected to a PC and if application software is
setup for voting control mode by chairman
control, this key will blink when clicking the
“Start voting” button in the voting interface of
140

“ABSTAIN”
™ Abstain/Option 4/Response + Key (“ABSTAIN/4/+”)
In voting mode, the voting indicating light will blink,
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
and press this key to vote for “Abstain”;
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
for “Abstain”;
2. Multi functional keys with indicating light (5
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
keys):
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
™ Start/Stop/Sign-in/Number/Option1/Response--
key to vote for option 4;
Key (“ATTEND/NUMBER/1/--”)
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
a) In key-press sign-in mode, the sign-in indicating
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
light will blink, press this key to sign-in;
key to vote for 75 (“+”).
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
™ Option 5/Response ++ Key (“5/++”)
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
a) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
key to vote for option 1;
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
key to vote for option 5;
key to vote for 0 (“- -”);
b) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
d) Chairman unit: if the system is connected to a
key to vote for 100 (“++”);
PC and if application software is setup for
voting control mode by chairman control, key
™ If not connected to PC, HCS-4368/50 series
“5” will blink when clicking the “Start voting”
chairman unit can launch 3 keys voting. Press key
button in the voting interface of the application
“2” to start voting. Once the chairman finished his
software. The chairman can press this key to
vote and confirmed that all delegates have voted,
enter the voting status. Once the chairman
he selects key “5” to close voting.
voted, the indicating light will blink again. After
™ For this series discussion unit (with 256×32 LCD),
confirmation that all delegates voted, the
these five keys act as functional keys for menu
chairman pushes key “5” to close voting.
operation (refer to section 3.11.4.1 for details).
Application software will calculate the voting
3. IC card socket
results.
4. High light 256 x 32 graphic LCD
™ Can display menu and information in several
™ Yes/Option 2/Response - Key (“YES/2/-”)
languages
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
(Simplified
Chinese,
Traditional
Chinese, English, etc.)
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
for “Yes”;
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
3.10.1.2 Side
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
5. 0.6-meter 6P-DIN cable with standard plug
key to vote for option 2;
(female x 1)
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
6. 1.5-meter 6P-DIN cable with standard plug
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
(male x 1)
key to vote for 25 (“-”).
™ No/Option 3/Response 0 Key (“NO/3/0”)
a) In voting mode (Parliamentary), the voting
indicating light will blink, press this key to vote
for “No”;
b) In voting mode (Multiple choice/Opinion poll),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
key to vote for option 3;
c) In voting mode (Audience response/Rating),
the voting indicating light will blink, press this
key to vote for 50 (“0”).
141
3.10.2 Installation
3.10.2.1
Flush-mounted
installation
of
3.10.2.2 Installation of the protective cover of
HCS-4368/50 series voting unit
HCS-4368/50
series
flush-mounted
voting unit
a. Cut a hole in the table according to the dimensions
If not in use for a long time, just pull out the microphone
in figure 3.71;
and hook up the magnetic protective cover:
b. Put the discussion unit into the hole and drill four
Ø 2 mm holes with 10 mm depth at P1, P2, P3
and P4;
c. Screw at P1, P2, P3 and P4.
Figure 3.71 Fixing hole positioning diagram of
HCS-4368/50 series flush-mounted voting unit (unit: mm)
Figure 3.73 Installation diagram of the protective cover
of HCS-4368/50 series flush-mounted voting unit
A vacuum cup is needed to dismount the protective cover.
Seize the protective cover with the vacuum cup and pull it
from the discussion unit.
Figure 3.72 Dimension diagram of HCS-4368/50
series flush-mounted voting unit (unit: mm)
Figure 3.74 Dismounting the protective cover of
HCS-4368/50 series flush-mounted voting unit
142
3.10.3 Connection
3.10.3.1 Connecting to CMU or EMU
The HCS-4368/50 series voting unit is equipped with a
1.5-meter long 6P-DIN cable with a standard male
connector. To connect to the HCS-4100/50 CMU or the
HCS-8300 EMU, just connect the male connector of
the first unit to the output of the main unit.
If there is a long distance between the congress unit
and the CMU (EMU), CBL6PS extension cable can be
used. One end is equipped with a 6P-DIN male
connector and the opposite end with a female
connector. Just connect the female connector of the
Figure 3.76 Ring connection between the CMU and
cable to the next congress unit, and connect the male
HCS-4368/50 series voting units
connector to the output of the main unit.
3.10.3.2 Connection between congress units
All
congress
units
of
HCS-4100/50
FDCS
are
daisy-chained easily and conveniently by dedicated
6P-DIN cables.
When connecting to another congress unit, just
connect the 6P-DIN standard female connector on the
0.6-meter cable of the unit to the 6P-DIN standard male
connector on the 1.5-meter cable of the next unit.
Figure 3.75 HCS-4368/50 series voting unit connected
to the CMU or the EMU
Neither the replacement of congress units nor cable
faults between congress units will affect the other units
if “daisy-chain closed-loop” connection topology is
selected. Ring connection, achieved by closing the
loop of the daisy-chained units, increases system
reliability. To obtain “daisy-chain” ring connection, just
connect the last congress unit back to the CMU or the
EMU with a CBL6PP extension cable (the cable
features a 6P-DIN male connector at each end).
Figure 3.7 “Daisy-chain” connection between
HCS-4368/50 series voting units
143
3.10.4 Operation
Key-press sign-in
Before a meeting starts, the congress units must be
configured by the operator, including: numbering and
In key-press sign-in status, the indicating light on key
testing. During the meeting, the participators can use
“1” will blink, press key “1” to sign-in and the indicating
the voting unit to sign-in and to vote.
light will be turned off.
3.10.4.1 Delegate unit
IC card sign-in
In IC card sign-in status, “Please insert IC card” will be
We take HCS-4368DFK/50 as an example to introduce
displayed on the LCD. Insert the IC card correctly, a
the operation of the HCS-4368/50 series voting units.
welcome interface will be displayed. Press any key to
The other voting units of this series feature one or more
go to the initial interface. If the IC card is invalid or
of these functions.
inserted incorrectly, “Invalid IC card” will be displayed
on the LCD. Please insert the IC card correctly or
1. Number
contact the technical support.
First of all, make sure that all congress units are
connected properly to the CMU. All congress units
3. Voting
must be numbered when the system is used for the first
Voting can be originated by the chairman unit (only for
time or when adding or replacing congress units. The
3 keys voting), or by HCS-4100/50 application
numbering function can be activated by menu
software.
operation on the CMU front panel or by application
ƒ The voting button indicating lights of the congress
software.
unit start to blink, the delegate can press the voting
Select “Number” by menu operation from the CMU,
button to vote;
press the “MENU” key to confirm, following the system
ƒ For “First key-press valid” voting, the delegate can
goes to numbering status. “Press ’1’ key of all congress
vote only once, and his/her voting indicating lights
units one by one and repower” will be displayed on the
will be deactivated and his/her voted item will be
CMU LCD. The number indicating light of all connected
highlighted on the LCD after his/her voting;
voting units will blink. All voting units with the LCD will
ƒ For “Last key-press valid” voting, the delegate can
display “Numbering”. Press key “1” (“YES” key for
change his/her vote. When the delegate voted, the
3-key voting units) of all voting units one by one. The
indicating light of his voted key will be activated
number indicating light will be deactivated. Once all
and all other indicating lights will be deactivated
voting units numbered, restart the CMU to update the
and his/her voted item will be highlighted on the
number information.
LCD. About 2 seconds later, all indicating lights will
blink again, and the delegate can change his/her
Note:
) When
numbering,
please
number
vote. His/her last voted key will be valid.
the
ƒ The voting originated by the chairman unit only
conference units one by one and do NOT
supports “Last key-press valid”.
press “number” key of several conference
units at the same time.
2. Sign-in (application software needed)
To carry out voting, discussion units with voting and
IC-Card reader and voting units should be registered
via key press or IC-card. With application software,
registration is available by choosing “Seat Sign-in”.
144
4. LCD display
After initialization, the following interface will be
displayed on the LCD:
A. “Message” (key “1”)
ƒ Use this key to read a message. When a PC is
connected, the operator can edit and send a
message to a congress unit(s).
ƒ On receipt of a message, “You have got a new
message” will be displayed on its LCD. Press key
“5” to read corresponding message.
ƒ At most 4 messages can be stored in the congress
unit, In case of more incoming messages, the first
received message will be overlapped.
B. “Language” (key “3”)
Select the LCD display language between several
languages. The range is limited by the configuration in
the CMU (refer to section 2.4);
C. “About” (key “5”)
Display product information.
145
3.10.4.2 Chairman unit
B. Voting with PC
The chairman unit features all the functions of a
ƒ When
delegate unit, and the following additional functions:
controlled
by
application
software,
nominative or ballot voting are available;
A. Voting without PC
ƒ “First key-press valid” or “Last key-press valid” are
HCS-4368/50 series chairman unit can originate voting
available;
without PC:
ƒ The voting can be controlled by application
a. In the initial interface of the chairman unit, press
software. The voting operation of the chairman unit
“Vote” (key “3”) to go to the voting control interface
and the delegate unit are identical. In this mode,
as in the following figure:
voting can also be controlled by the chairman unit.
The
“Start voting” indicating light on the chairman
unit will blink. Voting starts once the chairman
pressed the “Start voting” key.
b. If “Yes” is selected, the voting results will be
displayed on the LCDs of all congress units; if “No” is
selected, the voting results will be displayed only on
the LCD of the chairman unit. After selection, the
sign-in indicating light of all congress units will blink.
The delegates can press the sign-in key to sign-in.
After sign-in, the voting indicating lights will blink, the
delegate is now enabled to vote;
c. Only 3 keys voting can be executed in case of a
chairman unit originated voting (“Yes/No/Abstain”)
and only “Last key-press valid” is available. The
chairman can pause/end the voting:
d. The chairman presses “End” key to finish voting. The
voting indicating light of all congress units will be
deactivated. The voting results and sign-in statistics
will be displayed on the chairman unit:
146
Chapter 4 Interpretation unit
Simultaneous interpretation function of HCS-8300
FDCS is designed for the requirements of large scale
multilingual international congresses: it can provide up
to 64 language channels (64CHs). Each interpretation
unit is equipped with a bright graphic LCD with
backlighting, 64CHs languages, built-in loudspeaker,
pluggable microphone, earphone - headphone socket,
etc. Channel number, language name, input language,
quality indication, and short messages can be
displayed on the LCD. Multi input/output language
channels, which can be preset with corresponding
shortcut keys, make it convenient for the interpreter to
operate. The interpretation unit can be connected
directly to the trunk-link and be added easily to an
existing system.
The interpretation unit supports direct and relay
interpretation function. In direct interpretation mode,
the interpreter translates from the floor language to a
preset language directly. In case the interpreter does
not understand the floor language he/she uses relay
interpretation mode (with auto-relay facility) listening to
another interpreter’s language as source language to
execute interpretation into his/her target language.
Product type:
HCS-4385K2/50 Interpretation unit
IC card sign-in - 64CHs simultaneous interpretation - 256x64 LCD
147
4.1 Functions and indications
Front
Side
Bottom
Figure 4.1
HCS-4385K2/50 Interpretation unit
148
š
Listening area:
13. Slow key (SLOW)
Loudspeaker/earphone control:
™ When the delegate is speaking too fast, press this
button to remind him/her to slow down. If the
1. Built-in Hi-Fi loudspeaker
™ When the microphones of every interpretation unit in
discussion unit is equipped with a LCD, the
the same booth are turned off and if the “FLOOR”
message “Please speak slower!” will be displayed.
14. HELP
indicating light is on, the loudspeaker will play the
™ When connected to PC and controlled by
floor language.
2. Earphone volume control knob
application software, press this key to call for help
3. Earphone bass control knob
and help information will be displayed on the
4. Earphone treble control knob
status bar of the application software.
15. Intercom call key (CALL)
5. Loudspeaker volume control knob
™ Press this key to ask the operator for intercom
š
function.
Input channel control:
16. Intercom button (CHAIR)
6. Primary knob
™ Press this key to ask the appointed CHAIR
™ When the monitor channel shortcut switch button (a
(chairman, delegate or operator) for the intercom
b c d e) was pressed, use this knob to select the
function (For the correlative setup please refer to
interpretation channel.
section 2.4.5.).
™ When the Output channel B/C switch button (B C)
19. BEEP button ( )
was pressed, use this knob to select the output
™ The interpreter desk can generate beeps for
channel.
notification of special events to support blind
7. Monitor channel shortcut switch button (a b c d e)
interpreters on the headphones.
™ Switch to preset the input channel
20. Message key（
8. Floor channel ON/OFF switch
)
™ When unread messages exist, this indicating light
™ Press this button to access the floor language and
will be activated. Press this button to read
the FLOOR indicating light will be activated.
messages.
™ Switch between floor channel and auto-relay
channel.
š
š
Speaking area:
Display:
17. Bright 256×64 graphic LCD
9. Microphone ON/OFF switch
™ Displays the operation menu of the interpretation
™ Press this button to turn ON the microphone and the
unit, short message, etc.
red indicating light will be activated, press this button
again to turn off the microphone.
š
™ If the interpreter booth is off, the blue indicating light
Interface:
18. IC card socket
will be activated.
21. Socket for pluggable microphone
10. Output channel A/B/C switch with indicating
lights
22. Earphone jack (Ø 6.4 mm jack)
™ Switch to preset the output channel
23. Earphone jack (Ø 3.5 mm jack)
24. Microphone jack (Ø 3.5 mm jack)
11. Microphone mute key (MUTE)
25. 0.6-meter 6P-DIN cable with standard plug
™ Press and hold this button to mute the microphone
(female x 1)
(on cough) and the mute indicating light will be
26. 1.5-meter 6P-DIN cable with standard plug
activated. Release this button on voice recovery.
(male x 1)
12. Input channel audio playback (REP.)
27. Extension interface
™ Press this button to playback the input channel
audio, playback time is adjustable between 2~6
seconds.
149
4.2 Installation
HCS-4385K2/50 interpretation unit is available as
e. Put the interpretation unit into the recess until the
tabletop or as flush-mounted version.
circumferential
For flush-mounting:
table-top surface. Fix it with screws from the bottom.
a. Make a recess in the table according to the
supporting
edge
fits
with
the
The length of the screws depends on the thickness
dimensions in figure 4.2;
of the table.
b. Drill two Ø 4 mm screw holes in the counterpiece
according to figure 4.2. The distance between the
Note:
centers of the screw holes is 190 mm;
) For embedded installation, the supporting edge
HCS-4385MP must be ordered separately and
c. Insert the underside of the interpretation unit
fixed onto the interpretation unit before delivery.
carefully into the cut-out;
d. Run the two cables at the bottom of the unit
according to the options for cable routing on site;
Figure 4.2 Installation diagram (unit: mm)
150
4.3 Connection
4.3.1 Connecting to the CMU or the EMU
HCS-4385K2/50 interpretation unit is equipped with a
1.5-meter long 6P-DIN cable with a standard male
connector. When connecting to the CMU or the EMU,
just connect the male connector of the first unit to the
output of the main unit.
If there is a long distance between the congress unit and
the CMU (EMU), CBL6PS extension cable can be used.
One end is equipped with a 6P-DIN male connector and
the opposite end with a female connector. Just connect
the female connector of the cable to the next congress
Figure 4.4
unit, and connect the male connector to the output of the
Ring connection between the CMU and
HCS-4385K2/50 interpretation units
main unit.
4.3.2 Connection between interpretation units
All HCS-4385K2/50 units are daisy-chained easily and
conveniently by dedicated 6-PIN cables.
When connecting to another unit, just connect the
6P-DIN standard female connector on the 0.6-meter
cable of the unit to the 6P-DIN standard male connector
on the 1.5-meter cable of the next unit.
Figure 4.3
HCS-4385K2/50 interpretation unit connected
to the CMU or the EMU
Neither the replacement of congress units nor cable
faults between congress units will affect the other units if
“daisy-chain
closed-loop”
connection
topology
is
selected. Ring connection, achieved by closing the loop
of the daisy-chained units, increases system reliability.
To obtain “daisy-chain” ring connection just connect the
last congress unit back to the CMU or the EMU with a
CBL6PP extension cable (the cable features a 6P-DIN
male connector at each end).
Figure 4.5 “Daisy-chain” connection between
HCS-4385K2/50 interpretation units
151
4.3.3 External earphone
An external earphone can be connected to the external
earphone jack at the lateral side of the Interpretation unit.
Its volume can be adjusted by the earphone volume
control knob. The external earphone shall have a Ø 3.5
mm plug or a Ø 6.4 mm plug, according to the following
figure:
Functions and indications:
1
Left stereo channel signal
2
Right stereo channel signal
3
Power ground/Shield
4.3.4 External microphone
An external microphone can be connected to the
external microphone jack at the lateral side of the
interpretation unit. The external microphone shall have a
Ø 3.5 mm plug, as in the following figure:
Functions and indications:
1
Signal+
2
Suspend/Ground
3
Ground
152
4.4 Setup
Example:
To realize the simultaneous interpretation function, the
Booth 1 is for translation between English/Chinese.
interpretation unit should be incorporated in the congress
Output channel A is English, output channel B is Chinese,
system and they should be setup before the meeting.
and output channel C is “None”. Booth 2 is for translation
Any operating status of the interpretation unit will be
between French/Chinese. Output channel A is French,
displayed on the LCD. Setup can be done via dialog
menu
and
the
buttons
on
its
panel.
We
output channel B is Chinese, and output channel C is
take
“None”. We configure now booth 1 as relay booth for
HCS-4385K2/50 as an example to introduce the
booth 2.
configuration and operation of the interpretation unit.
When the speaker is speaking Chinese and if all the
interpreters of booth 1 and booth 2 are familiar with
4.4.1 Direct interpretation, relay interpretation
and auto relay interpretation
Chinese, they can do direct interpretation. As shown in
figure 4.6.
When the speaker is speaking English, the interpreters
Before the setup of the interpretation unit, you should
in booth 1 setup output channel B (Chinese) as
arrange booths according to the actual requirements of
interpretation language. The interpretation units in booth
the meeting. Assure yourself on the correct allocation of
2 will take Chinese as their input channel. When the
all the interpretation channels.
microphone ON/OFF switch in booth 1 is pressed, the
floor channel indicating light in booth 2 will be turned off
Direct interpretation
and its “AUTO RELAY” indicating light will be activated. It
Usually, if all interpreters can understand the speaker’s
indicates that auto relay interpretation function is working.
language, they just listen to the floor language and are
The interpreters in booth 2 can do relay interpretation. As
doing simultaneous interpretation. The interpretation
shown in figure 4.7.
languages are distributed to different channels, as
shown in figure 4.6. This is called direct interpretation.
Relay interpretation
In the second case, if an interpreter is not familiar with
the floor language, he/she cannot proceed to direct
interpretation. He/she needs to listen to the translation of
another interpreter and has to do “secondhand”
translation, as shown in figure 4.7. This is called relay
interpretation.
Auto relay interpretation
When relay interpretation is needed, the interpreter can
select a language by the monitor channel shortcut switch
button (a b c d e) and the Primary knob. Due to the fact
that the output language of each booth is arranged
beforehand, the relay booth must be setup before the
meeting. If the interpreter cannot understand the
speaker’s language, he/she does not need to select the
input language manually. His/her interpretation unit can
switch to his/her familiar language automatically. This is
called auto relay interpretation.
.
153
Figure 4.6
Direct interpretation
Figure 4.7
Relay interpretation
Figure 4.8 Schematic diagram of the connection of interpretation units
154
4.4.2 LCD configuration menu
When the “Interpretation setup” has been configured in
Step 1: Setup operation language
the CMU, the interpretation unit will display “UNIT NOT
INSTALLED” as shown in the following figure at the left,
Press the “B” button to setup the operation language,
or display the standby interface as shown in the
i.e. the display language on the LCD:
following figure at the right:
1). Select the language between several languages:
Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, English,
Korean, etc., by rotating the Primary knob;
A）Accessing configuration menu
2). Press the “B” button to confirm and go to the next
step;
ƒ “Interpretation unit does not setup” interface:
press any button to go to the menu configuration of
the interpretation unit;
Step 2: Setup booth number
ƒ Display standby interface: press and hold the
), at the same time, clockwise
Setup the interpretation unit with the number of the
rotate the Primary knob, to go to the menu
booth within which the interpretation unit is located,
configuration of the interpretation unit.
according to the configuration in the CMU.
message button (
The LCD will display the following figure:
1). Select the booth number by rotating the Primary
knob, the range is limited by the configuration in
the CMU (refer to section 2.4.2);
In the menu operation of the interpretation unit:
2). Press the “B” button to confirm and go to the next
ΠUse the Primary knob to run through all submenus;
step or press “a” to return.
Œ Use “B” button to confirm/go to submenu;
Œ Use “a” button to return/exit.
Step 3 to 7: Select monitor channel language
B）Menu configuration
Preset 5 most familiar languages as monitor channel.
The menu operation of the interpretation unit is as
follows:
Step 1: setup operation language;
Step 2: setup booth number;
1). Select a language for the monitor channel by
Step 3 to 7: select monitor channel a/b/c/d/e
rotating the Primary knob, the range is limited by
language;
the configuration in the CMU (refer to section
Step 8: Select to activate “SLOW” function or not;
2.4.2);
Step 9: Select to activate “HELP” function or not;
2). Press the “B” button to confirm and go to select the
Step 10: Select to activate “Auto Floor” function or
next monitor channel language;
not;
3). Repeat 1) ~ 2) to setup a language for every
Step 11: Select to display speaking time or not;
monitor channel, and go to step 8.
Step 12: setup auto relay booth quantity;
Step 13: setup auto relay booth number;
Step 14: finish.
155
1). Use the Primary knob to select to display the
Step 8：Select to activate “SLOW” function or not
speaking time or not;
If the speaker speaks too fast and if the “SLOW”
2). Press the “B” button to confirm and go to step 12.
function is activated, the interpreter can press the
“SLOW” button to inform the speaker to slow down.
The congress unit with an LCD will hint “Please speak
Step 12: Setup auto relay booth quantity
slower!”
Setup the required relay booth quantity for this
interpretation unit. If an interpreter in booth A is not
familiar with the floor language, then he/she needs to
listen to another interpreter’s translation language from
1). Use the Primary knob to select to activate the
booth B and needs to do secondhand translation.
“SLOW” function or not.;
Booth B is called relay booth of booth A. The relay
2). Press the “B” button to confirm and go to step 9.
booth quantity is 0~3.
ƒ
Step 9：Select to activate “HELP” function or not
0 means that this interpretation unit does not need
relay interpretation. Press “B” button to finish
When PC software is operated and if “HELP” function
configuration;
is activated, press the “HELP” button to request for
ƒ
operator’s help.
Selection of any other value means that this
interpretation unit needs relay interpretation. Press
“B” to go to the next step.
1). Use the Primary knob to select to activate the
“HELP” function or not.;
2). Press the “B” button to confirm and go to step 10.
Step 13: Setup auto relay booth number
Setup
Step 10：Select to activate “Auto Floor” function or
the
auto
relay
booth
number
for
this
interpretation unit. For example, setup booth 2 as its
not
first auto relay booth, as shown in the following figure.
If the selected input language is the same as the output
If more auto relay booths are needed, use the same
language and if “Auto Floor” function is activated, the
method to setup all of them.
interpretation unit will switch the input channel to floor
language automatically.
1). Use the Primary knob to select to activate “Auto
Step 14: Finish
Floor” function or not.;
After finishing the interpretation unit menu configuration,
2). Press the “B” button to confirm and go to step 11.
the following interface is shown. Press the “B” button to
confirm and to return to the standby interface.
Step 11：Select to display speaking time or not
When the microphone is activated and if “display
speaking time” was selected, speaking time will be
displayed at the right upper corner on the LCD.
156
4.4.3 Other configuration
4.4.3.1 Output channel configuration
4.4.3.2 Interlock mode
To distribute the interpretation languages separately,
Interpretation mode can be setup by menu operation
A/B/C channels are provided in the interpretation unit.
on the main unit (refer to section 2.4.5):
When the interpretation unit menu configuration is
™ Override: allows an interpreter to override another
finished, the output channel of every interpretation unit
interpreter in another interpreter booth supplying
the same interpretation channel.
must be setup before the meeting and according to the
actual requirements.
™ Interlock: blocks another interpreter from using the
same channel in another interpreter booth.
a. Output channel A is setup at the CMU, and its output
language is a fixed language as the output of the
booth;
b. Output
channel
C
is
used
to
output
4.4.3.3 Microphone gain configuration
a
non-conventional language. Output channel C can
In standby interface, press and hold the message key
be setup as “None” or “All” from the CMU menu
（
configuration (refer to section 2.4.2).
clockwise to go to the microphone gain configuration
™ If output channel C is set as “All”, the interpreter can
interface. Rotate the loudspeaker volume knob ⑤ to
select the output language by pressing the output
set the microphone gain within a range between
channel C switch and by rotating the Primary knob at
-6 dB~+6 dB.
) and rotate the loudspeaker volume knob ⑤
the same time. If the output channel C is activated,
the output of this interpretation unit will be distributed
to all booths which set this booth as their auto relay
booth,
and
other
interpreters
can
do
relay
interpretation. Now, the output language of the
4.4.3.4 Playback time configuration
output channel B is a fixed language as the output of
In standby interface, press and hold the message key
the booth at the CMU menu configuration (refer to
（
section 2.4.2);
) and rotate the earphone volume control knob ②
clockwise to go to the playback time configuration.
™ If the output channel C is set as “None”, the output
Rotate the earphone volume control knob ② to set the
channel B is used to output a non-conventional
playback time within a range between 2 s~6 s.
language. Output channel B can be setup as “None”
or “All” from the CMU menu configuration. If the
output channel B is set as “All”, the interpreter can
select the output language by pressing the output
channel B switch and by rotating the Primary knob at
4.4.3.5 Dynamic range compress threshold
the same time. If the output channel B is activated,
configuration
the output of this interpretation unit will be distributed
to all booths which set this booth as their auto relay
booth,
and
other
interpreters
can
do
In standby interface, press and hold the message key
relay
（
interpretation.
) and rotate the earphone treble control knob ④
clockwise to go to the dynamic range compress
threshold configuration interface. Rotate the earphone
treble control knob ④ to set the dynamic range
compress
threshold
-12 dB~0 dB.
157
within
a
range
between
4.5 Operation
5. If the interpreter missed the speaker’s speech,
4.5.1 Operation of listening area
he/she can press the input channel audio playback
key (REP) to playback missed words and “REP” will
The listening area, on the left side of the unit, is the
be displayed on the LCD. The playback time ranges
area used to monitor the floor or the interpretation
between 2 s~6 s.
channels. It includes a built-in loudspeaker, a headset
6. Quality indication: if the monitored language is
socket and the corresponding control buttons and
coming directly from the orator, it will display
knobs. This intuitive layout is helpful for the interpreters
“FLOOR”. If the monitored language is from the
to familiarize with the interpretation unit quickly.
direct translation of the floor, it will display “+”. If the
1. Channel language is the language arranged for a
monitored language is from the relay translation of
channel in the CMU configuration. For example, 10
another translation, it will display “-”. This logo is
languages are configured and we setup channel 1 as
used to remind the interpreter to avoid using the
Chinese, and channel 2 as English, etc. This setting
relay translation if direct translation is available.
is to simplify the work of the interpreters and to make
labels
for
all
selectable
languages
for
all
participators.
2. If the interpreter presses the floor channel button ⑧,
he/she can listen to the floor language. If the
microphone of every interpretation unit in this booth
is turned off, he/she can monitor the floor language
from the built-in loudspeaker and adjust the volume
with the “Loudspeaker volume control knob” ⑤ .
When a microphone in this booth is activated, the
loudspeaker of every interpretation unit in this booth
will mute automatically. Now the interpreter can listen
with the earphone and adjust the volume, treble and
bass with the “Earphone volume control knob” ②,
“Earphone bass control knob” ③ and “Earphone
treble control knob” ④ which are located on the left
lower side.
3. If the interpreter wants to listen to another channel
language, he/she can select the preset channel
language with the “Monitor channel shortcut switch
button (a b c d e)”. The loudspeaker will mute
automatically. If the channel language is not preset,
he/she can select the channel language with the
Primary knob ⑥.
4. If the speaker speaks too fast and if the interpreter
cannot follow him/her, the interpreter can press the
“SLOW” button to remind the speaker to slow down.
When the “SLOW” button is pressed, a ring tone will
be emitted by the corresponding discussion unit. If
the discussion unit is equipped with a LCD, the
message “Please speak slower!” will be displayed.
158
4.5.2 Operation of speaking area
8. Beeps
The speaking area, on the right side of the unit, is the
The audio beeps can be toggled on and off with the
area which is used to distribute the interpretation
beeps button. If this function is enabled, the audio
languages to the corresponding channels. It includes
beeps can also be toggled on and off with the Mic.
functional buttons and channel selectors, etc.
ON/OFF button.
1. Press the microphone ON/OFF button, and distribute
the interpretation language to the output channel.
At most 6 interpretation units can be set in one booth
for 6 interpreters. Only one microphone can be
activated
in
microphone
one
in
booth
the
(FIFO).
booth
is
When
one
activated,
the
loudspeaker of every interpretation unit in the booth
will mute.
2. Output channel select:
™ Use “A”, “B” or “C” button to switch the output
channel quickly. If the auto relay interpretation is
activated and the output channel B/C activated,
the output will be automatically distributed to all
booths which set this booth as their auto relay
booth and other interpreters can now do relay
interpretation.
™ Both “A”, “B” and “C” buttons have an “ENGAGED”
indicating light each. If the selected output channel
is already engaged by another interpretation unit,
this indicating light will be activated.
3. Press and hold the “MUTE” button to close the
microphone temporarily and the MUTE indicating
light will be turned on. Releasing the button will
activate the microphone automatically.
4. “MESSAGE”（
) button is used to check short
messages.
This button is also used to access the configuration
menu of the interpretation unit (refer to 4.4.2).
5. “CALL” button: used by the interpreter to call the
operator and have intercom facility
6. “HELP” button: used by the interpreter calling for
help. Help information will be displayed on the status
bar of the application software.
7. Intercom button (CHAIR): used to ask appointed
CHAIR (chairman, delegate or operator) for intercom
function.
159
Chapter 5 System connection and basic setup procedure
5.1 System connection
HCS-4100/50 FDCS has a simple and reasonable
(63 interpretation booths, 6 in each), an unlimited
structure with high extendibility in hardware. The system
quantity of channel selectors, and provide 64 language
installation is simple and quick and does not need
channels
special training. Daisy-chain connection is adopted
interpretation.
between congress units as well as to CMU via dedicated
(1). The output power of each 6P-DIN interface of the
(including
floor
language)
simultaneous
6PIN cable.
main unit or backup unit is 60 W; the output power of
TCP/IP protocol is adopted for Ethernet connection
each 6P-DIN interface of the extension main unit is
between the CMU and the PC. As a result remote control,
80 W.
remote diagnosis and remote update can be achieved.
(2). Refer to the table 5.1 for the power consumption of
Application software for client and server can run on one
each type of congress unit:
computer or on different computers in the same LAN.
(3). Length of extension cables
The operator is able to control the progress of the
 The added up cable lengths between a main unit
meeting flexibly.
and the most remote congress unit must not exceed
In this chapter, the connections of HCS-4100/50 FDCS
250 m.
are introduced by diagrams and examples.
 The length of an individual extension cable must not
exceed 100 meters - including the cable between
5.1.1 Connection principles
the main unit and the first congress unit and the
cable between two congress units. Otherwise it will
In HCS-4100/50 DCS the system power is provided by
affect the signal quality. In case the length exceeds
HCS-4100M/50 CMU (or HCS-8300ME/ HCS-8300ME/F
100 m, repeaters are needed.
extension unit) for all congress units. Thus, the total
 The extension cable between the main unit and the
number of system units in any installation is limited by
first congress unit is carrying the maximum possible
the maximum power handling capacity and control
current = the current of all the N units connected to
capacity of the CMU (or EMU). One CMU contains 2x
that specific 6P-DIN socket. The 2nd cable carries
6P-DIN outlet trunk-line cable connectors, and each
the current of N-1 units, the 3rd of N-2 units etc.
outlet connector can output 60W. One extension main
 Due to the unavoidable specific ohmic resistance of
unit (EMU) contains 4x 6P-DIN outlet trunk-line cable
the cable, a voltage drop in the DC supply strands is
connectors, and each outlet connector can output 80W.
resulting. The drop depends both on the number N
Since the power capacity of a 6P-DIN interface is limited,
of units (= load) connected and the cable length(s).
it must be ensured that, during the installation, the sum
 According to this interdependency between load and
of the total power consumption of all the congress units
cable lengths the maximum possible number of units
connected to every single 6P-DIN interface plus the
is a function of the cable lengths and vice versa.
power loss in the extension cables does not surpass the
However, the cable length between the two last
power limit of each 6P-DIN interface. Otherwise the
congress units is nearly insignificant because this
system will not work properly or automatic protection will
cable only carries the current for one unit.
occur.
(4). The necessary power (the total power consumption
Daisy-chain connection by dedicated 6 pin cable is
of the units and the extension cables that are
effected to connect a congress main unit to an extension
connected to the socket)
main unit or to interconnect two EMU. HCS-4100/50
a. Find the power consumption of each unit from the
system can accommodate 4096 discussion/voting units
consumption table (refer to table 5.1), add together
(by using system application software up to 100
the power used by all the units. The result is the total
chairman units can be connected but only 1 chairman
power consumption of the units that are connected
unit does have control facilities), 378 interpretation units
to the socket;
160
b. Add together the lengths of all extension cables in
d. HCS-4100M/50 or HCS-8300M can be operated
the longest sequence;
only in the white marked area.
c. Find the total power consumption (refer to a) on the
e. HCS-8300ME and/or HCS-8300ME/F can be
vertical axis (Y) of the power correction graph (for
operated both in the white and in the grey marked
example, 50 W); find the length of the longest
areas.
extension cable sequence (refer to b) on the
horizontal axis (X) of the power correction graph (for
example, 60 m). The intersection of both values
gives the necessary power from the socket (in this
example it is 59 W).
Table 5.1 Power consumption
Type
Type No.
Equipped with 7″ LCD and built-in
HCS-8307
loudspeaker
Equipped with 256×32 LCD and
built-in loudspeaker
HCS-4886/50 、 HCS-4887/50 、 HCS-4380/50 、 HCS-4382/50 、
HCS-4365/50
Equipped with 256×32 LCD and
HCS-4888/50 、 HCS-4370/50 、 HCS-4371/50 、 HCS-4366/50 、
loudspeaker and without 256×32
LCD
Without 256×32 LCD and built-in
loudspeaker
consumption
7.5 W
2.3 W
HCS-4368/50
without built-in loudspeaker
Equipped with built-in
Max. power
HCS-4360/50 、 HCS-4361/50 、 HCS-4362/50 、 HCS-4363/50 、
1.8 W
HCS-4330/50 、 HCS-4331/50 、 HCS-4332/50 、 HCS-4333/50 、
HCS-4335/50
HCS-8313、HCS-8314、HCS-8315、HCS-4320/50、HCS-4321/50、
HCS-4322/50
Equipped with 256×64 LCD and
1.3 W
HCS-4385K2/50
2.8 W
Multi-function connector
HCS-4340/50
2.1 W
Cable Splitter (relay facility)
HCS-4352
1.0 W
built-in loudspeaker
161
Table 5.2 Power correction graph
162
Figure 5.1 Example for the connection of congress units
Actual power consumption of the first route:
a. Total power consumption of the congress units connected to first route 6P-DIN interface: 30 × 1.8 = 54 W;
b. Total length of the extension cables connected to the first route 6P-DIN interface: 15 + 10 + 10 = 35 m;
c. Actual needed power consumption corresponding to chart 5.2: 59.7W.
Actual power consumption of the second route:
a. Total power consumption of the congress units connected to the second route 6P-DIN interface: 24 × 2.3 = 55.2 W;
b. Total length of the extension cables connected to the first route 6P-DIN interface: 10 + 10 = 20 m;
c. Actual needed power consumption corresponding to chart 5.2: 58.6W.
163
5.1.2 Connection between the CMU/EMU and the contribution units
All contribution units of HCS-4100/50 FDCS adopt
Connect the 1st unit to the outlet connector of the CMU,
dedicated 6 Pin cable and are daisy-chained, which
and following connect the plug of the cable of the 2nd unit
makes the installation handy and effortless.
to the socket of the 1st unit. Proceed one by one in a
D series feature a 2.1 m 6P-DIN standard plug cable and
series configuration.
a 6P-DIN socket, while the rest of the contribution units
The backbone of HCS-4100/50 system is formed (as
feature a 1.5 m 6P-DIN standard plug cable and a 0.6 m
shown in figure 5.2, 5.3).
6P-DIN socket cable instead.
Figure 5.2
Congress main unit connecting to G-series contribution units and HCS-4385K2/50 interpretation units
164
Figure 5.3
Congress main unit connecting to D-series contribution units and HCS-4385K2/50 interpretation units
165
5.1.3 Connection between the CMU/EMU and component contribution units
N
(except
3. A HCS-4340DA/50 multi-function connector can be
HCS-4843DFE/DFKE/50) must be connected to the
series
component
contribution
units
connected to 1 delegate unit, 1 voting unit and 1
multi-function connectors, which for their part, are
channel selector. (see section 3.8.1.2)；
daisy-chained, starting at the CMU in order to be joined
4. A HCS-4340B/50 multi-function connector can be
to the congress system. All connection cables are
connected to 4 channel selectors. (see section
dedicated 6 Pin cables (as shown in figure 5.4).
3.8.1.2)；
1. A CMU has 2 x outlet connectors, which can be
5. One HCS-4340DT/50 multi-function connector can be
connected to 30 multi-function connectors each. A
connected to two delegate discussion units and two
CMU can connect 60 multi-function connectors at
channel selectors (see section 3.8.1.2.);
6. A
most.；
channel
selector
can
be
connected
to
a
2. A HCS-4340CA/50 multi-function connector can be
flush-mounted microphone by special cable; and a
connected to 1 chairman unit, 1 voting unit and 1
voting unit and a touched IC-card reader can be
channel selector. (see section 3.8.1.2)；
connected in the same way.
Figure 5.4
Congress main unit connecting to N-series contribution units and HCS-4385K2/50 interpretation units
166
5.1.4 Connection between HCS-4100/50 FDCS and automatic video tracking system
HCS-4100/50 FDCS can be connected to an automatic
compatible with several kinds of video signals and
video tracking system. For video tracking purposes, the
operates automatic video switching. The video tracking
application software is used to make camera presets for
system is composed of video switcher, button board and
every congress unit. If the congress unit is switched on,
high-speed dome camera.
the video tracking system will find the appropriate preset
Use a RS-485 cable and connect HCS-4100M/50 Main
and focus automatically on the speaker. The view of the
unit (port “TO VIDEO SWITCHER”) to the corresponding
speaker will be displayed on large screen(s) or other
port at the rear panel of the video switcher as shown in
display devices. The automatic video tracking system is
the following figure:
Figure 5.5
HCS-4100M/50 congress main unit connecting to the automatic video tracking system
167
5.1.5 Connection between HCS-4100/50 FDCS and digital infrared language distribution system
By connecting to the HCS-5100 digital infrared language
distribution
system,
the
audio
signal
of
„
the
CMU connecting to digital infrared language
distribution system via HCS-5100MC/N
HCS-4100M/50 CMU can be converted into an infrared
signal and be transmitted. The participators can listen to
The HCS-5100MC/N transmitter does not have a digital
the clear voice from the infrared receiver. Digital infrared
audio input interface, therefore connection to the
language distribution system includes: digital infrared
HCS-4100M/50 CMU is realized via the HCS-8300MO
transmitter HCS-5100M/N series, digital infrared radiator
8CHs analog/digital audio output unit.
HCS-5100T/S series and digital infrared transceiver
1. First, connect the "EXTENSION" interface of the
infrared
HCS-4100/50 CMU to the "EXTENSION" interface of
language distribution system has 4 series: 4CHs, 8CHs,
the HCS-8300MO with a Cat. 5 cable (or connect the
16CHs and 32CHs.
HCS-4100/50 CMU and the HCS-8300MO with a
Install digital infrared radiators according to the area of
dedicated 6 PIN cable or a fiber cable). The
the venue. In principle, the quantity of the receivers is
HCS-8300MO contains 8CHs symmetrical audio
unlimited, provided that they are all within the coverage
outputs (RCA) associated with 8CHs outputs of the
area of the infrared signal.
interpretation units. The HCS-5100MC/N contains
HCS-5100R/RA
series.
TAIDEN
digital
4CHs, 8CHs, 16CHs and 32CHs analog audio inputs
„
(RCA,
CMU connecting to digital infrared language
“AUDIO
IN
CH0-CH7”),
which
can
be
connected accordingly to the output interface of the
distribution system via HCS-5100MA/N
HCS-8300MO with audio wire.
HCS-5100MA/N (or HCS-5100MAF/N) transmitter can
Note: If more than 8 channels languages are required,
extra HCS-8300MO is needed.
be connected directly to HCS-4100M/50 CMU.
1. HCS-5100MA/N (or HCS-5100MAF/N) transmitter can
2. The digital infrared transmitter and the radiator are
be connected directly to HCS-4100M/50 CMU in three
linked up via a coaxial cable with 75 Ohm impedance.
ways (only one of them can be used at one time):
Connect one end (BNC) of the coaxial cable to the “HF
ΠConnect one outlet (6P-DIN) trunk-line cable
OUT” port of the HCS-5100MC/N, and another end to
connector of the HCS-4100/50 or the HCS-8300
the “MODULATION IN” of the radiator. If an extra
CMU to "INTERPRETER’S UNIT / MAIN UNIT"
radiator is needed, connect the “MODULATION OUT”
interface of the HCS-5100MA/N (or HCS-5100MA
of the previous one to the “MODULATION IN” of the
F/N) transmitter with a dedicated 6 PIN cable.
current one via the coaxial cable. Each outlet can
ΠConnect
the
"EXTENSION"
interface
of
connect up to 30 radiators, while the digital infrared
the
transmitter provides 4 such outlets.
HCS-4100/50 or HCS-8300 CMU to the "DCS"
interface of the HCS-5100MA/N (or HCS-5100MA
F/N) transmitter with a Cat. 5 cable.
ΠConnect the fiber port of the HCS-4100A/50 or
HCS-8300ME/F CMU to the fiber port of the
HCS-5100MA F/N transmitter.
2. The digital infrared transmitter and radiator are linked
up via a coaxial cable with 75 Ohm impedance.
Connect one end (BNC) of the coaxial cable to the “HF
OUT” port of the HCS-5100MA/N, and another end to
the “MODULATION IN” of the radiator. If extra
radiators are needed, connect the “MODULATION
OUT” of the previous one to the “MODULATION IN” of
the current one via the coaxial cable. Each outlet can
connect up to 30 radiators, while the digital infrared
transmitter provides 4 such outlets.
168
Figure 5.6
Congress main unit connecting to digital infrared language distribution system via HCS-5100MAF/N
Figure 5.7
Congress main unit connecting to digital infrared language distribution system via HCS-5100MC/N
169
5.1.6 Connection between HCS-4100/50 FDCS and intelligent central control system
TAIDEN intelligent central control system is an
advanced comprehensive control system. It can link
TAIDEN HCS-6100 intelligent central control system
and TAIDEN HCS-4100/50 FDCS can be joined
together various devices, hardware and room & media
together seamlessly. In addition to standard functions of a
equipment from different manufacturers. The central
normal central touch panel control system, it can also
control system can operate the conferencing devices
control:
through
bidirectional
™
Switch on/off the microphones of the congress units;
communication by wired/wireless touch panel. Features
™
Control video camera;
include power controlling, environment light adjustment
™
If using the TAIDEN intelligent central control
wired
Ethernet
or
wireless
and on-off, electric curtain or projector screen open-close
system touch panel to control the congress units, the
and on-off, system PA volume controlling and controlling
ID of each congress unit should be known.
various electric devices, such as DVD, VCR, TV, projector,
The connection of the HCS-4100/50 FDCS to the
etc. RS-232C or RS-485 interfaces are available. Remote
intelligent central control system is shown in figure 5.8.
controlling, even from distant places, can be achieved
through LAN or internet.
Figure 5.8
HCS-4100M/50 congress system main unit connecting to central control system
170
5.1.7 Connection between HCS-4100/50 FDCS and Congress sign-in system
The Congress Sign-in System (CSS, untouched) aims at
(user can choose as needed). Portrait shots and
providing a reliable, effective and convenient Congress
customized surface design can be printed onto the RF
sign-in solution for various large congresses. CSS
card – combining delegate's accreditation and ID in a
makes the organizers get updated statistical data of the
single card. The delegates carry out sign-in simply by
participants,
including
of
walking through the access control containing the RF
participants,
confirmed
seat
card reader: a significant simplification of the sign-in
the
expected
sign-in
number
registrations,
allocation etc; these data can be provided synchronously
procedure and also a shortening of the sign-in time.
to all participants. Furthermore, the Congress moderator
Client/server
is updated automatically as he benefits from a real-time
mechanism is also imported in the ICSS, moreover, the
report system. Congress topics, agenda, procedure and
system is easy to update, to extend and to choose the
related information can all be displayed on the large
application software.
screen.
Figure 5.9 shows the connection between CSS and
Intelligent Congress Sign-in System (ICSS) uses both
HCS-4100/50 FDCS:
mode
with
remote RF card and close RF card sign-in technologies
Figure 5.9
Connection between CSS and HCS-4100/50 FDCS
171
anti-virus
and
security
5.1.8 Combine/split congress rooms easily
Using CAT5 cable, several meeting rooms can be
combined/separated at will through the HCS-8300MX
Congress Room Combiner. One HCS-8300MX can
combine up to 8 meeting rooms controlled by a Central
Control
System.
(Several
HCS-8300MX
are
cascadable to combine additional meeting rooms).
Figure 5.10 Combining/splitting meeting rooms with HCS-8300MX Congress Room Combiner and Cat. 5 cables
172
5.1.9 Total system hot spare
In the HCS-4100/50 system, the dual system main unit
hot spare function cooperates with the dual PC server
hot spare function, featuring multiple redundancies to
realize total system hot spare function for highly
enhanced system reliability.
Figure 5.11 Dual System Main Unit Hot Spare
Figure 5.12 Dual PC server hot spare
173
5.2 Basic configuration of a congress system
The basic configuration is described below by a simple
example.
This system is composed of one HCS-4100M/50 CMU,
one
HCS-8300ME/F
EMU,
four
HCS-4385K2/50
interpretation units, ten HCS-4886/50 discussion units
(including chairman unit and delegate units) and several
HCS-4342N/50 channel selectors (connected to the
system via the HCS-4340B/50 multi-function connector).
The connection diagram is shown in the following figure:
Figure 5.13 Connection example of HCS-4100/50 FDCS
174
According to the requirements of the specific case in this
3. Configurate interpretation units in booth 2 (the
section, the configuration is as the following:
configuration of both interpretation units is the
same)
1. Configuration CMU
a) Channel B output does not need to be setup
a) Active microphone number limitation: active
(because output channel B of booth 2 is set as “No
microphone number limitation limited to 2 implies
output” in CMU configuration).
that two microphones can be turned on at most.
b) Booth number is set to 2.
The chairman unit and the VIP unit are not
c) Preset monitoring channel. Channel a, b, c are set
restricted and do not count in this limitation.
as 1-Chinese, 2-English and 3-French respectively.
b) Speech mode: speech mode is set to “Open”, none
d) Auto relay booth number is set to 1, meaning that
other delegate can turn on his/her microphone if
one booth is needed for auto relay purposes.
the current speaker does not turn off his/her
e) Set auto relay number of booth as 1, meaning that
microphone.
booth #1 is the auto relay booth for booth #.2.
c) Simultaneous interpretation - language channel
When booth #1 uses output channel B, booth #.2
configuration: Assuming that three languages are
will go to auto relay status automatically and auto
used by the delegates, including Chinese, English
relay interpretation will be achieved.
and French, meaning that three kinds of language
channels are needed, respectively, set channel 1 –
4. Volume control
Chinese, channel 2 - English and channel 3 French.
Turn on the delegate/chairman unit and adjust the
volume of the built-in loudspeaker on the congress units
d) Simultaneous interpretation – booth number
to a suitable volume.
configuration: The booth number is set as 2.
Translation
between
English-Chinese
and
French-Chinese respectively.
5. Finish configuration, and the system can work
e) Simultaneous interpretation - output channel
now.
configuration: Booth 1: output channel A is
English, output channel C is “No output” and output
channel B is “All channels” - two interpretation units.
Booth 2: output channel A is French, output
channels B and C are “No output” - two
interpretation units.
f) Chairman priority mode is set as “All mute”.
2. Configurate interpretation units in booth 1 (the
configuration of both interpretation units is the
same)
a) Channel B output: pressing output channel B switch
and rotating Primary knob at the same time, and set
Chinese as channel B output language.
b) Booth number is set to 1.
c) Preset monitoring channel. Channel a, b, c are set
as 1-Chinese, 2-English and 3-French respectively.
d) Auto relay booth number is set to 0, meaning that
no relay interpretation is needed.
175
Chapter 6 Peripheral equipment and accessories
6.1 Microphone
z
Removable stem microphone
Detaching:
c. Rotate the windshield counterclockwise
For the congress unit
d. When the correct angle is reached it can be pulled out
easily with soft power
For the interpretation unit
The pluggable stem microphone equipped with the
M-style Foam Windshield is shown in the following
Functions and instructions:
figure:
1. Electret condenser cardioid microphone
2. Two-color microphone on/off LED ring
ƒ When the microphone is turned on, the LED ring
lights up red;
ƒ When requesting to speak, the LED ring changes
to blue;
z
3. Metal stem with goose-neck to adjust angle and
direction freely
4. Socket with screw thread. The stem microphone
can be removed and collected during the
adjournment
z
M-style Foam Windshield
Installing and detaching the foam windshield
Installing:
a. Put the windshield over the microphone
b. Rotate the windshield clockwise and tighten until a
click sound is audible
176
HCS-1020 Led clip microphone
6.2 Earphones
The jack plug of the stereo headphone can be inserted
into a Ø 3.5 mm stereo headphone jack socket.
z
HCS-5100PA headphone
z
For other compatible types (see chapter 8, Technical
Applicable types include:
z
EP-820AS single earphone
Data).
z
EP-820BS single earphone
z
EP-920BS earbuds
177
6.3 Accessories
3. HVS-100P video adapter
Some dedicated accessories are involved in the
ƒ Supporting conference system display
connection of conference system devices. Herein, these
ƒ Installed inside the PC
accessories are introduced, including:

CBL6PS 6PIN dedicated extension cable

CBL6PP-02 dedicated 6-cord extension cable

HVS-100H video adapter

9PIN RS-232 cable

CAT5 cable

HCS-4352 6PIN cable distributor
ƒ DVI connector and accompanied by a DVI-VGA
adapter head
1. CBL6PS 6PIN dedicated extension cable
①.Male
②.Female or male
Note: seven types are available: 3-meter, 5-meter,
10-meter, 20-meter, 30-meter, 40-meter and
4. 9PIN RS-232 cable
50-meter.
ƒ Connecting the CMU and the central control
system main unit
ƒ Male connector at one end and female connector
at the other end.
ƒ 3-meter long, or 15-meter long
2. CBL6PP-02 dedicated 6-cord extension cable
ƒ Male connector at both ends
5. CAT5 cable
ƒ 2-meter long
ƒ Connecting the CMU and the PC
ƒ Ethernet crossover cable with RJ-45 connector at
both ends
ƒ 3-meter long
178
6. HCS-4352 6PIN cable distributor
ƒ With relay function, for signal regeneration;
ƒ One input / two output structure, congress units or
extension cables can be connected with dedicated
6-cord cable;
ƒ With 2-meter long input cable - convenient for
connection;
ƒ Extension cable length: up to 100m.
179
Chapter 7 Working environment and maintenance
Suitable working environment and proper maintenance
™
Do not attempt to remove the top cover of the
methods can extend service life of the equipment
system main units as you will be exposed to a
effectively. For maintenance please read the contents of
shock hazard. The covers should only be removed
this section carefully.
by qualified service personnel. If any repair or
maintenance is required, contact the TAIDEN
service center in your region.
7.1 Public areas
™
Equipment is only for indoor use. Do not expose it
to sunlight.
In public areas ensure that the cables attached to the
WARNING: Damage to the power cable may cause fire
system units, including extension cables, are run and laid
or a shock hazard!
out in a neat and tidy manner where they do not interfere
and hinder public walk ways.
7.3 Interpreter booths
It is recommended that the chairman unit and the
interpretation units are connected at the beginning of a
Pressure and speed of work at most international
trunk line and not at the end. In public areas where
congresses imply that interpreters have to take turns and
connectors and cables could be trampled on, it is
to turn about to keep pace and to ensure a steady flow of
strongly suggested to use protective covers according to
smooth interpretation. Therefore every interpreter booth
the existing protection specifications.
has to have an adequate size to accommodate at least
two or three interpreters, depending on the present
Due to the directivity of the microphone used in the
needs. Following a brief summary, according to the
discussion units, every speaker should face the
specifications for interpreter booths as drawn up in the
microphone at a convenient distance when speaking, to
ISO standards:
achieve both best audibility and intelligibility.
™
In the hall, booths should be set up at the back or
sideways.
™
7.2 Technical rooms
unobstructed direct view of the chairman, the
speakers and any other relevant visual aids.
It is recommended to meet the following conditions for
™
technical rooms where HCS-4100/50 central control
Ensure that the area is a dust-free environment.
™
Ensure adequate ventilation.
™
Ensure adequate lighting. But be sure that the
™
normal activities of the interpreter.
™
Adequate
air
conditioning,
temperature
and
lighting are required.
control room and the normal system operation.
™
Do not place objects on the top of units. They
ISO-4043
Mobile
booths
for
simultaneous
Fixed
booths
for
simultaneous
translation
could fall into vents or could cover them and thus
™
prevent proper cooling of electronic components
ISO-2603
translation
inside the units. By falling into a unit, objects could
cause trouble such as fire and electric shock.
™
An adequate size of the interpretation booth is
recommended in order to accommodate the
lighting does not impede the operator in the
™
A window should be installed at the forefront of the
booth across the overall length.
equipment is housed:
™
Booths should be elevated to provide an overall,
To avoid the risk of shock or permanent damage to
the system units, do not expose units to rain or
moisture.
180
7.4 System operator room
7.6 Cleaning
In a PC based system, the operator needs a dedicated
Do not use alcohol, ammonia or petroleum based liquids
room to operate the PC and to manage the congress
or abrasive cleaners to clean the equipment. Unplug first
procedure. Generally, the demands on the operator room
and clean with a soft cloth slightly dampened with mild
are the same as on the interpreter booth. By means of a
soap and water solution. Assure yourself that the
microphone system, the operator should also be
relevant unit is dry before operating it.
connected to a public - address system to remind the
participants of operations, such as voting, signing-in, etc.
7.7 Storage
7.5 Ventilation
If the units are not to be used for a long period of time,
Maintain good ventilation: ventilation holes are provided
units. Store them in a dust-free dry area with adequate
on top of the main units. Place the units on a hard and
ventilation.
disconnect the mains supply from all mains supplied
level surface to ensure proper ventilation.
181
Chapter 8 Technical specifications
8.1 System specifications
System performance
Conforms to IEC 60914, the international standard for
congress systems
System environmental conditions
Working conditions fixed/stationary/transportable
Temperature range:
- Transport: -40 °C to +70 °C
- Operating: 0 °C to +45 °C
Max. relative humidity:
< 95% (not condensing)
Safety: Compliant to EN 60065
EMC emission: Compliant to EN 61000-6-3, EN 55022
EMC immunity: Compliant to EN 61000-4-3
EMC approvals: CE
Electrostatic discharge immunity: Compliant to EN
61000-4-2
Power harmonics: Compliant to EN 61000-3-2
Surge resistance: Compliant to EN61000-4-5
EFT test: Compliant to EN61000-4-4
Transient power-off test: Compliant to EN61000-4-11
182
8.2 Congress system main unit
8.2.1. Physical characteristics
Types
HCS-4100MA/50
HCS-4100MB/50
HCS-4100MC/50
Tabletop / standard 19-inch rackmount
Installation
Dimensions
(mm)
Color
White
Weight
7.8 kg
8.2.2. Electrical characteristics
Types
HCS-4100MA/50
HCS-4100MB/50
≤4096
Microphone capacity
Channels
64CH
-
Frequency response
30 ~ 20000 Hz
SNR
>96 dBA
Dynamic range
>94 dB
Crosstalk
>85 dB
Total harmonic
<0.05%
distortion
110 V or 220 V AC
Mains power supply
Audio input
Audio output
LINE IN 1: +10 dBu balanced
LINE IN 2: +10 dBu unbalanced
LINE OUT 1: +20 dBu balanced
LINE OUT 2: +20 dBu unbalanced
>1 kΩ
Output load
Control interface
HCS-4100MC/50
9 PIN，D-type female head, connecting the central control system main unit
RJ45 Ethernet, connecting to PC
Maximum power
200 W
consumption
Connection
Dedicated cable (6 PIN)
Connector
DIN6P with buckle
183
8.3 Congress unit
8.3.1 G-series congress unit
8.3.1.1 Physical characteristics
Types
HCS-4886/87/88 /50
Installation
Tabletop/Flush-mounted
Dimensions
(mm)
Color
tulip gold panel + grey base or tulip gold panel + black base
Weight
0.75 kg
8.3.1.2 Electrical characteristics
Types
HCS-4886/87/88 /50
Output frequency
30 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Earphone load
>16 Ω
Earphone volume
10 mW
Earphone output
Ø 3.5 mm stereo jack
Max. power
2.3 W (with 256×32 LCD)
consumption
1.8 W (without 256×32 LCD)
Connection
6P- DIN dedicated cable with buckle
Type
Uni-directional electret condenser microphone
Sensitivity
-46 dBV/Pa
Microphone
Frequency
50 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Input impedance
2 kΩ
Directivity 0°/180°
> 20 dB (1 kHz)
Equivalent noise
20 dBA (SPL)
Maximum sound
125 dB (THD<3%)
pressure level
184
8.3.2 E-series congress unit
8.3.2.1 Physical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4370/71/80/82 /50
Installation
Tabletop/Flush-mounted
Dimensions
(mm)
Color
Gray
Weight
1.68 kg
8.3.2.2 Electrical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4370/71/80/82 /50
Output frequency
30 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Earphone load
>16 Ω
Earphone volume
10 mW
Earphone output
Ø 3.5 mm stereo jack
Max. power
2.3 W (with 256×32 LCD)
consumption
1.8 W (without 256×32 LCD)
Connection
6P- DIN dedicated cable with buckle
Type
Uni-directional electret condenser microphone
Sensitivity
-46 dBV/Pa
Microphone
Frequency
50 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Input impedance
2 kΩ
Directivity 0°/180°
> 20 dB (1 kHz)
Equivalent noise
20 dBA (SPL)
Maximum sound
125 dB (THD<3%)
pressure level
185
8.3.3 Q-series congress unit
8.3.3.1 Physical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4365/66 /50
Installation
Flush-mounted
Dimensions
(mm)
Color
Silver
Weight
1.68 kg
8.3.3.2 Electrical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4365/66 /50
Output frequency
30 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Earphone load
>16 Ω
Earphone volume
10 mW
Earphone output
Ø 3.5 mm stereo jack
Max. power
2.3 W (with 256×32 LCD)
consumption
1.8 W (without 256×32 LCD)
Connection
6P- DIN dedicated cable with buckle
Type
Uni-directional electret condenser microphone
Sensitivity
-46 dBV/Pa
Microphone
Frequency
50 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Input impedance
2 kΩ
Directivity 0°/180°
> 20 dB (1 kHz)
Equivalent noise
20 dBA (SPL)
Maximum sound
125 dB (THD<3%)
pressure level
186
8.3.4 M-series congress unit
8.3.4.1 Physical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4360/61/62/63 /50
Installation
Flush-mounted
Dimensions
(mm)
Color
Gray
Weight
0.72 kg
8.3.4.2 Electrical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4360/61/62/63 /50
Output frequency
30 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Earphone load
>16 Ω
Earphone volume
10 mW
Earphone output
Ø 3.5 mm stereo jack
Max. power
1.8 W
consumption
Connection
6P- DIN dedicated cable with buckle
Type
Uni-directional electret condenser microphone
Sensitivity
-46 dBV/Pa
Microphone
Frequency
50 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Input impedance
2 kΩ
Directivity 0°/180°
> 20 dB (1 kHz)
Equivalent noise
20 dBA (SPL)
Maximum sound
125 dB (THD<3%)
pressure level
187
8.3.5 D-series congress unit
8.3.5.1 HCS-4330/32 /50 series congress unit
1. Physical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4330/32 /50
Installation
Tabletop
Dimensions
(mm)
Color
Gray/Silver
Weight
0.74 kg
2. Electrical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4330/32 /50
Output frequency
30 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Earphone load
>16 Ω
Earphone volume
10 mW
Earphone output
Ø 3.5 mm stereo jack
Max. power
1.8 W
consumption
Connection
6P- DIN dedicated cable with buckle
Type
Uni-directional electret condenser microphone
Sensitivity
-46 dBV/Pa
Microphone
Frequency
50 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Input impedance
2 kΩ
Directivity 0°/180°
> 20 dB (1 kHz)
Equivalent noise
20 dBA (SPL)
Maximum sound
125 dB (THD<3%)
pressure level
188
8.3.5.2 HCS-4331/33/35 /50 series congress unit
1. Physical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4331/33/35 /50
Installation
Tabletop
Dimensions
(mm)
Color
Gray/Silver
Weight
0.74 kg
2. Electrical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4331/33/35 /50
Output frequency
20 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Earphone load
>16 Ω
Earphone volume
10 mW
Earphone output
Ø 3.5 mm stereo jack
Max. power
1.5 W
consumption
Connection
6P- DIN dedicated cable with buckle
Type
Uni-directional electret condenser microphone
Sensitivity
-46 dBV/Pa
Microphone
Frequency
50 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Input impedance
2 kΩ
Directivity 0°/180°
> 20 dB (1 kHz)
Equivalent noise
20 dBA (SPL)
Maximum sound
125 dB (THD<3%)
pressure level
189
8.3.6 L-series congress unit
8.3.6.1 Physical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4320/21/22 /50
Installation
Flush-mounted
Dimensions
(mm)
Color
Gray
Weight
0.9 kg
8.3.6.2 Electrical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4320/21/22 /50
Output frequency
30 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Earphone load
>16 Ω
Earphone volume
10 mW
Earphone output
Ø 3.5 mm stereo jack
Max. power
1.3 W
consumption
Connection
6P- DIN dedicated cable with buckle
Type
Uni-directional electret condenser microphone
Sensitivity
-46 dBV/Pa
Microphone
Frequency
50 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Input impedance
2 kΩ
Directivity 0°/180°
> 20 dB (1 kHz)
Equivalent noise
20 dBA (SPL)
Maximum sound
125 dB (THD<3%)
pressure level
190
8.3.7 C-series congress unit
8.3.7.1 HCS-4341A/50 series congress unit
1. Physical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4341CA/50 and HCS-4341DA/50
Installation
Flush-mounted
Dimensions
(mm)
Color
Gray/Silver
Weight
0.1 kg
2. Electrical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4341CA/50 and HCS-4341DA/50
Output frequency
30 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Connection
CAT5 cable with standard RJ45 plug, connecting to multi-function connector
Type
Uni-directional electret condenser microphone
Sensitivity
-46 dBV/Pa
Microphone
Frequency
50 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Input impedance
2 kΩ
Directivity 0°/180°
> 20 dB (1 kHz)
Equivalent noise
20 dBA (SPL)
Maximum sound
125 dB (THD<3%)
pressure level
191
8.3.7.2 HCS-4341B /50 series congress unit
1. Physical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4341B/50
Installation
Tabletop
Dimensions
(mm)
Color
Black
Weight
80 g
2. Electrical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4341B/50
Output frequency
30 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Connection
CAT5 cable with standard RJ45 plug, connecting to multi-function connector
Type
Uni-directional electret condenser microphone
Sensitivity
-46 dBV/Pa
Microphone
Frequency
50 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Input impedance
2 kΩ
Directivity 0°/180°
> 20 dB (1 kHz)
Equivalent noise
20 dBA (SPL)
Maximum sound
125 dB (THD<3%)
pressure level
192
8.3.7.3 HCS-4340/50 multi-function connector
1. Physical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4340/50
Installation
Fixed installation
Dimensions
(mm)
Color
Gray
Weight
0.85 kg
2. Electrical Characteristics
Types
Interface
HCS-4340CA/50
HCS-4340DA/50
1 chairman
1 delegate
discussion unit +
discussion unit +
1 voting unit + 1
1 voting unit + 1
channel selector
channel selector
HCS-4340B/50
1 handheld
Max. power
delegate discussion
unit + 1 voting unit
+ 1 channel
4 channel
discussion units +
selectors
2 channel
selector
6P- DIN dedicated cable with buckle
193
HCS-4340DT/50
2 delegate
2.1 W
consumption
Connection
HCS-4340HDA/50
selectors
8.3.8 N-series congress unit
8.3.8.1 Physical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4841N/50
HCS-4842N/50
HCS-4843N/50
HCS-4843DFE/DFKE/50
Flush-mounted
Installation
Dimensions
(mm)
Gray/Silver
Color
Weight
80 g
Silver
76 g
93 g
0.5Kg
8.3.8.2 Electrical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4841N/50
HCS-4842N/50
HCS-4843N/50
HCS-4843DFE/DFKE/50
30 ~ 20000 Hz
-
-
-
Earphone load
-
>16 Ω
-
-
Earphone volume
-
10 mW
-
-
Earphone output
-
-
-
Output frequency
response
Connection
Ø 3.5 mm stereo
jack
CAT5 cable with standard RJ45 plug, connecting to multi-function
6P- DIN dedicated cable
connector
with buckle
Uni-directional
electret
-
-
-
-46 dBV/Pa
-
-
-
50 ~ 20000 Hz
-
-
-
Input impedance
2 kΩ
-
-
-
Directivity 0°/180°
> 20 dB (1 kHz)
-
-
-
Equivalent noise
20 dBA (SPL)
-
-
-
Maximum sound
125 dB
pressure level
(THD<3%)
-
-
-
Type
condenser
Microphone
microphone
Sensitivity
Frequency
response
194
8.3.9 HCS-4368/50 series wired voting unit
8.3.9.1 Physical Characteristics
Types
HCS-4368/FM/50
HCS-4368/50
Installation
Flush-mounted
Tabletop
Color
Silver/Red
Red
Weight
0.61 kg
0.49 kg
Dimensions
(mm)
8.3.9.2 Electrical Characteristics
HCS-4368/50
Types
Max. power
2.3 W
consumption
Connection
6P- DIN dedicated cable with buckle
195
8.4 Interpretation unit
8.4.1 Physical characteristics
Type
HCS-4385K2/50
Installation
Tabletop
Dimensions
(mm)
Color
Gray and silver
Weight
0.88 kg
8.4.2 Electrical characteristics
Types
HCS-4385K2/50
Output frequency
30 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Earphone load
>16 Ω
Earphone volume
10 mW
Earphone output
Ø 3.5 mm / Ø 6.4 mm stereo jack
Max. power consumption
2.8 W
Connection
6P- DIN dedicated cable with buckle
Type
Uni-directional electret condenser microphone
Sensitivity
-46 dBA/Pa
Microphone
Frequency
50 ~ 20000 Hz
response
Input impedance
2 kΩ
Directivity 0°/180°
> 20 dB (1 kHz)
Equivalent noise
20 dBA (SPL)
Maximum sound
125 dB (THD<3%)
pressure level
196
8.5 Peripheral equipment and accessories
8.5.1 Microphone (for congress unit)
8.5.1.1 Physical Characteristics
Types
MS24EMB1G/S
240mm
330 mm
MS47EMB1G/S
410 mm
470 mm
95 g
105 g
Gray/Silver
Color
Weight
MS41EMB1G/S
Insert microphone and tighten
Installation
Length
MS33EMB1G/S
75 g
85 g
8.5.1.2 Electrical Characteristics
Types
MS24/33/41/47EMB1G/S、HCS-1020
Microphone type
Uni-directional electret condenser microphone
Sensitivity
-46 dBA/Pa
Frequency response
50 ~ 20000 Hz
Input impedance
2 kΩ
Directivity 0°/180°
> 20 dB (1 kHz)
Equivalent noise
20 dBA (SPL)
Maximum sound
125 dB (THD<3%)
pressure level
197
8.5.2 Pluggable stem microphone ( for interpretation unit)
8.5.2.1 Physical Characteristics
Types
MS33EPB1S
MS47EPB1S
Insert microphone and tighten
Installation
Length
MS41EPB1S
330 mm
410 mm
Silver
Color
Weight
470 mm
80 g
90 g
8.5.2.2 Electrical Characteristics
Types
MS33/41/47EPB1S
Microphone type
Uni-directional electret condenser microphone
Sensitivity
-46 dBA/Pa
Frequency response
50 ~ 20000 Hz
Input impedance
2 kΩ
Directivity 0°/180°
> 20 dB (1 kHz)
Equivalent noise
20 dBA (SPL)
Maximum sound
125 dB (THD<3%)
pressure level
198
100 g
8.5.3 Earphone
„
8.5.4 Accessories
EP-820AS single earphone
ƒ
„
Cooperates with the infrared receiver or the
CBL6PS 6 PIN dedicated extension cable
ƒ
For extending the connection between the
congress unit
congress system main unit and the congress
ƒ
Hi-Fi sound quality
unit
ƒ
32 Ω, Ø 3.5 mm stereo jack
ƒ
Frequency response: 50 Hz ~ 20 kHz
ƒ
Sensitivity: ≥102 dBA/1 mW
ƒ
One male plug at one end and one female
socket at the opposite end
ƒ
Length: 3-meter, 5-meter, 10-meter, 20-meter,
30-meter, 40-meter and 50-meter
„
EP-820BS single earphone
ƒ
„
Cooperates with the infrared receiver or the
congress unit
„
CBL6PP-02 dedicated 6-cord extension cable
ƒ
For extending the connection between the
ƒ
Hi-Fi sound quality
congress system main unit and the congress
ƒ
32 Ω, Ø 3.5 mm stereo jack
unit
ƒ
Frequency response: 20 Hz ~ 20 kHz
ƒ
Male connector at both ends
ƒ
Sensitivity: ≥108 dBA/1 mW
ƒ
2-meter long
EP-920BS earbuds
ƒ
„
HVS-100P video display card
Cooperates with the infrared receiver or the
ƒ
Cooperates with the voting display system
congress unit
ƒ
Embedded assembly, jack-type
ƒ
Hi-Fi sound quality
ƒ
16 Ω×2, Ø 3.5 mm stereo jack
ƒ
Frequency response: 50 Hz ~ 20 kHz
ƒ
Sensitivity: ≥108 dBA/1 mW
„
9 PIN RS-232 cable
ƒ
For connecting the congress system main unit
and the central control system main unit
„
HCS-5100PA headphone
ƒ
ƒ
One male connector and one female connector
ƒ
Length: 3-meter, 15-meter
Cooperates with the infrared receiver or the
congress unit
ƒ
Hi-Fi sound quality
ƒ
32 Ω×2, Ø 3.5 mm stereo jack
ƒ
Frequency response: 20 Hz ~ 20 kHz
ƒ
Sensitivity: ≥108 dBA/1 mW
„
CAT5 cable
ƒ
For connecting the PC and the congress system
main unit
„
ƒ
RJ-45 crossing-line cable
ƒ
Length: 3-meter
HCS-4352 6PIN cable distribution unit
ƒ
With relay function, for signal regeneration
ƒ
6P-DIN interface with 1 input and 2 outputs
ƒ
Input: 2-meter long 6P-DIN male plug
ƒ
Output: 6PIN output, can drive 100-meter
extension cable
199
8.6 System connection
8.6.1 Mains cables
Blue
Neutral
Brown
Hot (Phase)
Green/Yellow
Earth/Ground
8.6.2 Audio cables
3-pole XLR connector (female)
Pin 1 Earth
Pin 2 Signal +
Pin 3 Signal -
Chinch connector (male)
Pin 1 Signal +
Pin 2 GND
8.6.3 Earphone
3.5 mm Jack plug
Tip (1) Signal left
Ring (2) Signal Right
Sleeve (3) Electrical earth/screen
200
8.7 Display language list
№
Chinese
English
Abbreviation
№
Chinese
English
Abbreviation
1
原声
Floor
Flo
32
亚美利亚语
Armenian
ARM
2
阿尔巴尼亚
Albanian
ALB
33
阿塞拜疆语
Azerbaijani
AZE
3
阿拉伯语
Arabic
ARA
34
巴厘语
Balinese
BAN
4
保加利亚语
Bulgarian
BUL
35
孟加拉语
Bengali
BEN
5
加泰罗利亚
Catalan
CAT
36
缅甸语
Burmese
BUR
6
汉语
Chinese
CHI
37
白俄罗斯语
Belarusian
BEL
7
捷克语
Czech
CZE
38
科西嘉语
Corsican
COS
8
丹麦语
Danish
DAN
39
爱尔兰语
Irish
IRI
9
荷兰语
Dutch
DUT
40
哈萨克语
Kazakh
KAZ
10
英语
English
ENG
41
吉尔吉斯语
Kirghiz
KIR
11
芬兰语
Finnish
FIN
42
老挝语
Laotian
LAO
12
法语
French
FRE
43
蒙古语
Mongolian
MON
13
德语
German
GER
44
尼泊尔语
Nepali
NEP
14
希腊语
Greek
GRE
45
塔吉克语
Tajik
TGK
15
希伯莱语
Hebrew
HEB
46
泰国语
Thai
THA
16
匈亚利
Hungarian
HUN
47
藏语
Tibetan
TIB
17
印度尼西亚
Indonesian
IND
48
土库曼斯坦
Turkmen
TUK
18
意大利语
Italian
ITA
49
乌克兰语
Ukrainian
UKR
19
日语
Japanese
JAP
50
越南语
Vietnamese
VIE
20
韩国语
Korean
KOR
51
粤语
Cantonese
CAN
21
马来语
Malay
MAL
52
克罗地亚语
Croatian
CRO
22
挪威语
Norwegian
NOR
53
斯洛伐克
Slovac
SLO
23
波斯语
Persian
PER
54
斯洛文尼亚
Slovenian
SLV
24
波兰语
Polish
POL
55
爱沙尼亚
Estonian
EST
25
葡萄牙语
Portuguese
POR
56
拉脱维亚
Latvian
LAT
26
罗马尼亚语
Romanian
ROU
57
立陶宛
Lithuanian
LIT
27
俄语
Russian
RUS
58
乔治亚语
Georgian
GEO
28
塞尔维亚语
Serbian
SER
59
冰岛语
Iceland
ICE
29
西班牙语
Spanish
SPA
60
音乐
Music
MUS
30
瑞典语
Swedish
SWE
61
未知语种
unknown
---
31
土耳其语
Turkish
TUR
201
Product index
„
Conference System Main Units
HCS-4100MA/50
Fully Digital Standard Congress System Main Unit
(with discussion, voting, 64 CHs, 256x32 LCD, optical fiber interface)
HCS-4100MB/50
Fully Digital Standard Congress System Main Unit
(with discussion, voting, 64 CHs, 256x32 LCD)
HCS-4100MC/50
„
16
16
Fully Digital Standard Congress System Main Unit
(with discussion, voting, 256x32 LCD)
16
Fully Digital Congress System Chairman Unit (tabletop/flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, 256x32 LCD)
42
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (tabletop/flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, 256x32 LCD)
42
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (tabletop/flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 256x32 LCD)
42
HCS-4888D/50
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (tabletop/flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, Chinese panel)
42
HCS-4888DE/50
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (tabletop/flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, English panel)
42
Fully Digital Congress System Operator Unit (tabletop/flush-mounting,
for intercom communication, 256x32 LCD, tulip gold panel + grey base)
42
Discussion units
G-series：
HCS-4886C/50
HCS-4886D/50
HCS-4887D/50
HCS-4886X/50
At choice for all discussion units of this series (except operation unit): tulip gold panel + grey base or tulip gold
panel + black base
E-series：
HCS-4380SC/50
HCS-4380SD/50
HCS-4380SX/50
HCS-4382SD/50
HCS-4370SD/50
HCS-4370SDE/50
HCS-4371SD/50
Fully Digital Congress System Chairman Unit (tabletop/flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, 256x32 LCD)
55
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (tabletop/flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, 256x32 LCD)
55
Fully Digital Congress System Operator Unit (tabletop/flush-mounting,
for intercom communication, 256x32 LCD)
55
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (tabletop/flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, 256x32 LCD)
55
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (tabletop/flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, Chinese panel)
55
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (tabletop/flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, English panel)
55
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (tabletop/flush-mounting,
discussion only)
55
202
Product index (continued)
Q-series：
HCS-4365C/50
HCS-4365D/50
HCS-4366D/50
HCS-4366DE/50
Fully Digital Congress System Chairman Unit (flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, 256x32 LCD)
69
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, 256x32 LCD)
69
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, Chinese panel)
69
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, English panel)
69
Fully Digital Congress System Chairman Unit (flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, Chinese panel)
83
Fully Digital Congress System Chairman Unit (flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, English panel)
83
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, Chinese panel)
83
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, English panel)
83
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, Chinese panel)
83
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, English panel)
83
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting,
with discussion, 64 CHs)
83
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting,
discussion only)
83
Fully Digital Congress System Chairman Unit
(tabletop, with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, Chinese panel)
93
Fully Digital Congress System Chairman Unit
(tabletop, with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, English panel)
93
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (tabletop,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, Chinese panel)
93
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (tabletop,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, English panel)
93
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (tabletop,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, Chinese panel)
93
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (tabletop,
with discussion, 5 voting keys, English panel)
93
Fully Digital Congress System Chairman Unit (tabletop,
with discussion, 64 CHs, speech timer)
93
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (tabletop,
with discussion, 64 CHs, speech timer)
93
M-series：
HCS-4360C/50
HCS-4360CE/50
HCS-4360D/50
HCS-4360DE/50
HCS-4361D/50
HCS-4361DE/50
HCS-4362D/50
HCS-4363D/50
D-series：
HCS-4330C/50
HCS-4330CE/50
HCS-4330D/50
HCS-4330DE/50
HCS-4332D/50
HCS-4332DE/50
HCS-4331CB/50
HCS-4331DB/50
203
Product index (continued)
D-series(continued)：
HCS-4333CB/50
HCS-4333DB/50
HCS-4335D/50
Fully Digital Congress System Chairman Unit (tabletop,
with discussion, speech timer & request-to-speak indicator)
93
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (tabletop,
with discussion, speech timer & request-to-speak indicator)
93
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (tabletop,
with discussion, 64 CHs, 2 channel selectors, dual IDs)
93
This series discussion unit has 2 colors available: gray and silver.
L-series:
HCS-4320C/50
Fully Digital Congress System Chairman Unit (flush-mounting, with discussion,
5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, stem microphone, Chinese panel)
HCS-4320CE/50
Fully Digital Congress System Chairman Unit (flush-mounting, with discussion,
5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, stem microphone, English panel)
HCS-4320HC/50
103
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting, with discussion,
5 voting keys, 64 CHs, handheld microphone, Chinese panel)
HCS-4321HDE/50
103
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting, with discussion,
5 voting keys, 64 CHs, stem microphone, English panel)
HCS-4321HD/50
103
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting, with discussion,
5 voting keys, 64 CHs, stem microphone, Chinese panel)
HCS-4321DE/50
103
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting, with discussion,
5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, handheld microphone, English panel)
HCS-4321D/50
103
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting, with discussion,
5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, handheld microphone, Chinese panel)
HCS-4320HDE/50
103
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting, with discussion,
5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, stem microphone, English panel)
HCS-4320HD/50
103
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting, with discussion,
5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, stem microphone, Chinese panel)
HCS-4320DE/50
103
Fully Digital Congress System Chairman Unit (flush-mounting, with discussion,
5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, handheld microphone, English panel)
HCS-4320D/50
103
Fully Digital Congress System Chairman Unit (flush-mounting, with discussion,
5 voting keys, IC-Card, 64 CHs, handheld microphone, Chinese panel)
HCS-4320HCE/50
103
103
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting, with discussion,
5 voting keys, 64 CHs, handheld microphone, English panel)
HCS-4322D/50
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting, with discussion,
HCS-4322HD/50
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting, with discussion,
64 CHs, stem microphone
64 CHs, handheld microphone)
103
103
103
C-series:
HCS-4341CA/50
Fully Digital Congress System Chairman Unit
(flush-mounting, discussion only, stem microphone, gray)
HCS-4341CA_S/50
116
Fully Digital Congress System Chairman Unit
(flush-mounting, discussion only, stem microphone, silver)
204
116
Product index (continued)
C-series(continued):
HCS-4341DA/50
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit
(flush-mounting, discussion only, stem microphone, gray)
HCS-4341DA_S/50
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit
(flush-mounting, discussion only, stem microphone, silver)
HCS-4341CB/50
116
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit
(boundary, discussion only, black)
HCS-4341HD/50
116
Fully Digital Congress System Chairman Unit
(boundary, discussion only, black)
HCS-4341DB/50
116
116
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit
(flush-mounting, discussion only, handheld microphone, black)
116
N-series:
HCS-4841NC/50
HCS-4841ND/50
HCS-4842N/50
Fully Digital Congress System Chairman Unit (flush-mounting,
discussion only, silver)
126
Fully Digital Congress System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting,
discussion only, silver)
126
64-channel Selector (flush-mounting,
with 64 CHs, channel number display LCD, silver)
126
This series discussion unit has 2 colors available: gray and silver.
„
Wired voting units
N-series:
HCS-4843NCT/50
HCS-4843NCTE/50
HCS-4843NDT/50
HCS-4843NDTE/50
HCS-4843NCTK/50
HCS-4843NCTKE/50
HCS-4843NDTK/50
HCS-4843NDTKE/50
HCS-4843NCF/50
HCS-4843NCFE/50
HCS-4843NDF/50
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit
(flush-mounting, with 3 voting keys, Chinese panel)
126
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit
(flush-mounting, with 3 voting keys, English panel)
126
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit
(flush-mounting, with 3 voting keys, Chinese panel)
126
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit
(flush-mounting, with 3 voting keys, English panel)
126
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit
(flush-mounting, with 3 voting keys, IC-Card, Chinese panel)
126
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit
(flush-mounting, with 3 voting keys, IC-Card, English panel)
126
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit
(flush-mounting, with 3 voting keys, IC-Card, Chinese panel)
126
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit
(flush-mounting, with 3 voting keys, IC-Card, English panel)
126
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit
(flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys, Chinese panel)
126
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit
(flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys, English panel)
126
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit
(flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys, Chinese panel)
126
205
Product index (continued)
N-series(continued):
HCS-4843NDFE/50
HCS-4843NCFK/50
HCS-4843NCFKE/50
HCS-4843NDFK/50
HCS-4843NDFKE/50
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit
(flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys, English panel)
126
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit
(flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys, IC-Card, Chinese panel)
126
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit
(flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys, IC-Card, English panel)
126
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit
(flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys, IC-Card, Chinese panel)
126
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit
(flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys, IC-Card, English panel)
126
The above of this series voting unit have 2 colors available: gray and silver.
HCS-4843DF_S/50
HCS-4843DFK_S/50
HCS-4843DFE_S/50
HCS-4843DFKE_S/50
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit
(flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys, silver, Chinese panel,
HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector not required)
126
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit
(flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys, IC-Card, silver, Chinese panel,
HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector not required)
126
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit
(flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys, silver, English panel,
HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector not required)
126
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit
(flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys, IC-Card, silver, English panel,
HCS-4340A/50 multi-function connector not required)
126
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit (tabletop, with 3 voting keys,
256x32 LCD, waterproof, 12000V antistatic)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit (tabletop, with 3 voting keys,
256x32 LCD, waterproof, 12000V antistatic)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit (flush-mounting, with 3 voting keys,
256x32 LCD, waterproof, 12000V antistatic, protective cover)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting, with 3 voting keys,
256x32 LCD, waterproof, 12000V antistatic, protective cover)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit (tabletop, with 3 voting keys,
waterproof, 12000V antistatic, Chinese panel)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit (tabletop, with 3 voting keys,
waterproof, 12000V antistatic, English panel)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit (tabletop, with 3 voting keys,
waterproof, 12000V antistatic, Chinese panel)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit (tabletop, with 3 voting keys,
waterproof, 12000V antistatic, English panel)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit (flush-mounting, with 3 voting keys,
waterproof, 12000V antistatic, protective cover, Chinese panel)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit (flush-mounting, with 3 voting keys,
waterproof, 12000V antistatic, protective cover, English panel)
140
HCS-4368/50 series:
HCS-4368CT/50
HCS-4368DT/50
HCS-4368CT/FM/50
HCS-4368DT/FM/50
HCS-4368NCT/50
HCS-4368NCTE/50
HCS-4368NDT/50
HCS-4368NDTE/50
HCS-4368NCT/FM/50
HCS-4368NCTE/FM/50
206
Product index (continued)
HCS-4368/50 series(continued):
HCS-4368NDT/FM/50
HCS-4368NDTE/FM/50
HCS-4368CF/50
HCS-4368DF/50
HCS-4368CFK/50
HCS-4368DFK/50
HCS-4368CF/FM/50
HCS-4368DF/FM/50
HCS-4368CFK/FM/50
HCS-4368DFK/FM/50
HCS-4368NCF/50
HCS-4368NCFE/50
HCS-4368NDF/50
HCS-4368NDFE/50
HCS-4368NCF/FM/50
HCS-4368NCFE/FM/50
HCS-4368NDF/FM/50
HCS-4368NDFE/FM/50
„
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting, with 3 voting keys,
waterproof, 12000V antistatic, protective cover, Chinese panel)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting, with 3 voting keys,
waterproof, 12000V antistatic, protective cover, English panel)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit (tabletop, with 5 voting keys,
256x32 LCD, waterproof)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit (tabletop, with 5 voting keys,
256x32 LCD, waterproof)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit (tabletop, with 5 voting keys,
256x32 LCD, IC-Card)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit (tabletop, with 5 voting keys,
256x32 LCD, IC-Card)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit (flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys,
256x32 LCD, waterproof, protective cover)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys,
256x32 LCD, waterproof, protective cover)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit (flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys,
256x32 LCD, IC-Card, protective cover)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys,
256x32 LCD, IC-Card, protective cover)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit (tabletop, with 5 voting keys,
waterproof, Chinese panel)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit (tabletop, with 5 voting keys,
waterproof, English panel)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit (tabletop, with 5 voting keys,
waterproof, Chinese panel)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit (tabletop, with 5 voting keys,
waterproof, English panel)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit (flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys,
waterproof, protective cover, Chinese panel)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Chairman Unit (flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys,
waterproof, protective cover, English panel)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys,
waterproof, protective cover, Chinese panel)
140
Fully Digital Voting System Delegate Unit (flush-mounting, with 5 voting keys,
waterproof, protective cover, English panel)
140
HCS-4340/50 multi-function connector
HCS-4340CA/50
Multi-function connector (can be connected to 1
chairman discussion unit, 1 voting unit and 1 channel selector)
HCS-4340DA/50
HCS-4340HDA/50
118
Multi-function connector (can be connected to 1
delegate discussion unit, 1 voting unit and 1 channel selector)
118
Multi-function connector (can be connected to 1
handheld delegate discussion unit, 1 voting unit and 1 channel selector)
118
207
Product index (continued)
HCS-4340/50 multi-function connector (continued):
„
HCS-4340B/50
Multi-function connector (can be connected to 4 channel selectors)
HCS-4340DT/50
Multi-function connector (can be connected to 2
„
„
118
Fully Digital Congress System Interpreter Unit
(tabletop/flush-mounting, with 64 CHs, IC-Card, 256x64 LCD)
147
Pluggable Microphone (for congress unit)
MS24EMB1G/S
240 mm pluggable (grey/silver)
176
MS33EMB1G/S
330 mm pluggable (grey/silver)
176
MS41EMB1G/S
410 mm pluggable (grey/silver)
176
MS47EMB1G/S
470 mm pluggable (grey/silver)
176
Pluggable Microphone (for interpretation unit)
MS33EPB1S
330 mm pluggable (silver)
176
MS41EPB1S
410 mm pluggable (silver)
176
MS47EPB1S
470 mm pluggable (silver)
176
Clip-on Lavalier Microphone
HCS-1020
„
delegate discussion units and 2 channel selectors)
Interpreter Unit
HCS-4385K2/50
„
118
Clip-on Lavalier Microphone
176
Earphone
EP-820AS
Single Earphone
177
EP-820BS
Single Earphone
177
EP-920BS
Earbuds
177
HCS-5100PA
Headphone
177
208
www.taiden.com
TAIDEN INDUSTRIAL CO.,LTD.
Copyright by TAIDEN
Last Revision: 03/2011